Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

US20180098995A1 - Combination Products with Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors and their Use - Google Patents

Combination Products with Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors and their Use Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20180098995A1
US20180098995A1 US15/839,964 US201715839964A US2018098995A1 US 20180098995 A1 US20180098995 A1 US 20180098995A1 US 201715839964 A US201715839964 A US 201715839964A US 2018098995 A1 US2018098995 A1 US 2018098995A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
halo
independently selected
haloalkyl
alkynyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US15/839,964
Inventor
Ralph Tiedt
Christian Chatenay-Rivauday
Moriko Ito
Mikhail Akimov
Bin Peng
Ying Gong
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Novartis AG
Original Assignee
Novartis AG
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=49300000&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20180098995(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Novartis AG filed Critical Novartis AG
Priority to US15/839,964 priority Critical patent/US20180098995A1/en
Publication of US20180098995A1 publication Critical patent/US20180098995A1/en
Priority to US16/905,161 priority patent/US11096947B2/en
Priority to US17/383,691 priority patent/US20220184090A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/4985—Pyrazines or piperazines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/5377—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4706—4-Aminoquinolines; 8-Aminoquinolines, e.g. chloroquine, primaquine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4709—Non-condensed quinolines and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/498—Pyrazines or piperazines ortho- and peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. quinoxaline, phenazine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/50—Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines
    • A61K31/5025—Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/517—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. quinazoline, perimidine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/53—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with three nitrogens as the only ring hetero atoms, e.g. chlorazanil, melamine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/70—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D239/72—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
    • C07D239/86—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in position 4
    • C07D239/94—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2300/00—Mixtures or combinations of active ingredients, wherein at least one active ingredient is fully defined in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to pharmaceutical combinations, e.g. products, comprising a combination of (i) a MET inhibitor and (ii) an EGFR (ErbB-1) inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, respectively, or a prodrug thereof, which are jointly active in the treatment of proliferative diseases, corresponding pharmaceutical formulations, uses, methods, processes, commercial packages and related invention embodiments.
  • Multigenic diseases such as cancer or other proliferative diseases.
  • multi-target drugs In order to combat such diseases, one approach is to use single multi-target drugs—however, here it is required that the targets causally involved into manifestation of a disease are all hit by the drug considered. On the other hand, multi-target drugs may lead to undesired side effects as they may also have impact on targets not involved in the disease manifestation.
  • a different approach is to use a combination of drugs as multi-target drugs. In the best scenario, this may lead to a combined efficiency, e.g. synergy, thus even allowing a reduction of side effects caused by the single drugs when used alone.
  • the components (combination partners) of such drugs may impact separate targets to create a combination effect, and thus may create a combination effect going beyond what is achievable with the single compounds and/or when considering their isolated effects, respectively, either in the same pathway or separate pathways, within an individual cell or in separate cells in separate tissues.
  • one component may alter the ability of another to reach its target, e.g. by inhibiting of efflux pumps or the like.
  • the combination partners may bind to separate sites of the same target.
  • the proto-oncogen cMET encodes the protein Hepatocyte Growth Factor Receptor (HGFR) which has tyrosine kinase activity and is essential for embryonic development and wound healing.
  • HGFR Hepatocyte Growth Factor Receptor
  • HGF Hepatocyte Growth Factor
  • MET Upon Hepatocyte Growth Factor (HGF) stimulation, MET induces several biological responses, leading to invasive growth.
  • Abnormal MET activation triggers tumor growth, formation of new blood vessels (angiogenesis) and metastasis, in various types of malignancies, including cancers of the kidney, liver, stomach, breast and brain.
  • c-MET dysregulated c-Met pathway plays important and sometimes causative (in the case of genetic alterations) roles in tumor formation, growth, maintenance and progression (Birchmeier, C. et al., Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell. Biol. 2003, 4(12):915-925; Boccaccio, C. et al., Nat. Rev. Cancer 2006, 6(8):637-645; Christensen, J. G. et al., Cancer Lett. 2005, 225(1):1-26). HGF and/or c-Met are overexpressed in significant portions of most human cancers, and are often associated with poor clinical outcomes such as more aggressive disease, disease progression, tumor metastasis and shortened patient survival.
  • c-Met receptor can also be activated in cancer patients through genetic mutations (both germline and somatic) and gene amplification. Although gene amplification and mutations are the most common genetic alterations that have been reported in patients, the receptor can also be activated by deletions, truncations, gene rearrangement.
  • carcinomas e.g., bladder, breast, cervical, cholangiocarcinoma, colorectal, esophageal, gastric, head and neck, kidney, liver, lung, nasopharygeal, ovarian, pancreas, prostate, thyroid
  • musculoskeletal sarcomas e.g., osteosarcoma, synovial sarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma
  • soft tissue sarcomas e.g., MFH/fibrosarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma
  • hematopoietic malignancies e.g., multiple myeloma, lymphomas, adult T cell leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia
  • other neoplasms e.g., glioblastomas, astrocytoplasms
  • MET c-met and activated c-met mutations
  • agents include anti-HGF and antic-Met antibodies, HGF peptide antagonists, decoy c-Met receptor, c-Met peptide antagonists, dominant negative c-Met mutations, c-Met specific antisense oligonucleotides and ribozymes, and selective small molecule c-Met kinase inhibitors (Christensen, J. G. et al., Cancer Lett. 2005, 225(1):1-26).
  • abnormal HGF/MET signaling is also implicated in atherosclerosis, lung fibrosis, renal fibrosis and regeneration, liver diseases, allergic disorders, inflammatory and autoimmune disorders, cerebrovascular diseases, cardiovascular diseases, conditions associated with organ transplantation (Ma, H. et al., Atherosclerosis. 2002, 164(1):79-87; Crestani, B. et al., Lab. Invest. 2002, 82(8):1015-1022; Sequra-Flores, A. A. et al., Rev. Gastroenterol. Mex. 2004, 69(4)243-250; Morishita, R. et al., Curr. Gene Ther. 2004, 4(2)199-206; Morishita, R.
  • the Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor (EGFR, aka ErbB-1; HER1 In humans), is a receptor for ligands of the epidermal growth factor family.
  • EGFR Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor
  • HER1 ErbB-1
  • Several types of cancers are known to be dependent on EGFR over-activity or over-expression, such as lung cancer, anal cancers, glioblastoma multiforme and many other mainly epithelial cancers.
  • RTKs receptor tyrosine kinases
  • MET activation can compensate for loss of EGFR activity (by inhibition) by downstream activation of signal molecules such as HER3, such as MET amplification may compensate, or its ligand hepatocyte growth factor may activate MET (see Engelman, J. A., et al., Science, 316: 1039-1043, 2007; Yano, S., et al., Cancer Res, 68: 9479-9487, 2008; and Turke, A. B., et al., Cancer Cell, 17: 77-88, 2010).
  • MET-dependent cancer cell lines the proliferation of which depends on the activity of MET
  • ligand-induced EGFR activation see Bachleitner-Hofmann, T., et al., Mol Cancer Ther, 7: 3499-3508, 2008.
  • the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical combination (e.g. combination product) comprising (i) a MET Inhibitor and (ii) an EGFR inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, respectively, or a prodrug thereof, respectively, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a pharmaceutical combination e.g. combination product
  • a pharmaceutical combination product comprising (i) a MET Inhibitor and (ii) an EGFR inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, respectively, or a prodrug thereof, respectively, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a further embodiment of this invention provides a combination (e.g. combination product) comprising a quantity which is jointly therapeutically effective against an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer, comprising the combination partners (i) EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or, respectively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier material.
  • a combination e.g. combination product
  • a combination comprising a quantity which is jointly therapeutically effective against an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer, comprising the combination partners (i) EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or, respectively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
  • a further embodiment relates to the use of the inventive combination (e.g. combination product) for treating an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer.
  • inventive combination e.g. combination product
  • a further embodiment relates to the use of a combination of (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor or, respectively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament or a pharmaceutical product for treating an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer.
  • a further embodiment relates to a method of treating an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer, with a combination of (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase Inhibitor or, respectively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a further embodiment relates to a method for the treatment of an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer, said method comprising administering an effective amount of a combination of or a combination product comprising (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor to a subject in need thereof, such as a warm-blooded animal, in particular a human.
  • Yet a further embodiment of present invention relates to a pharmaceutical product or a commercial package comprising a combination product according to the invention described herein, in particular together with instructions for simultaneous, separate or sequential use (especially for being jointly active) thereof in the treatment of an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer, in particular for use in the treatment of an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer.
  • a further embodiment of present Invention relates to the use of (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase Inhibitor or, respectively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the preparation of a combination (e.g. a combination product) according to present invention.
  • MET tyrosine kinase inhibitors useful according to the invention, those disclosed in WO 2011/018454 (Incorporated herein by reference especially with regard to the classes of compounds and compounds disclosed therein) are a particular embodiment, especially those of the formula (I),
  • Y is C or N
  • X is CH or N
  • B is CH or N
  • A is a ring
  • R 1 is a group selected from i, ii and iii:
  • R 5 is heteroaryl
  • R 6 is hydrogen, deuterium, OH, methyl or halo
  • R 7 is hydrogen, deuterium, halo, or (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, wherein said (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl is optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from OH and halo;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • R 2 is hydrogen, NH 2 , or (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, wherein said (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl is optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from OH, NH 2 and halo;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, —CONH 2 , —CONH(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —CONHphenyl, wherein the phenyl of said CONHphenyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, —(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —CO(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —CO(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, —COheteroaryl, —CSNH 2 , —CSNH(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —CSNHbenzyl, —SO 2 (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl or —COCH 2 heterocyclyl, said heterocyclyl being optionally substituted by (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl;
  • R 4 is hydrogen or (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl
  • R 3 and R 4 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5 or 6 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic group comprising 1 ring N atom to which R 3 and R 4 are attached and optionally 1 additional ring heteroatom independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said monocyclic group is substituted by one or two ⁇ O substituents;
  • ring B is a fused aryl or fused heteroaryl ring, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 —W′—X′—Y′—Z′;
  • the compounds of formula III useful according to the Invention have Formula IIIA:
  • the compounds of formula III useful according to the invention have Formula IIIB:
  • A is CH or N, especially N;
  • L 1 is (CR 4 R 5 ) m wherein each of R 4 and R 5 , independently of the other, is H or C 1-6 -alkyl and m is 0, 1 or 2,
  • L 2 is (CR 7 R 8 ) r wherein each of R 7 and R 8 , independently of the other, is H or C 1-6 -alkyl and r is 0, 1 or 2,
  • R 1 is H, halo or C 1-6 -alkyl
  • R 2 is H, halo or C 1-6 -alkyl
  • Cy 2 is aryl, especially phenyl, where said aryl or phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by one to 3 moieties independently selected from the group consisting of —C( ⁇ O)—NR c2 R d2 and halo, wherein R c2 and R d2 are independently selected from H, C 1-10 -alkyl and C 1-6 -haloalkyl;
  • Such other MET inhibitors are, for example, selected from the following (Including their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and prodrugs thereof):
  • cabozantinib (Exelixis) (aka XL-184) (a highly preferred compound) which has the formula
  • tivatinib (ArQule, daiichi, Kyowa) (aka ARQ-197) (a highly preferred compound) which has the formula
  • MGCD-265 (MethylGene) (a highly preferred compound) which has the formula
  • JNJ-38877605 (Johnson & Johnson) (aka BVT051) (see also WO 2007/075567) which has the formula
  • EMD-1214063 (Merck Serono) (see also WO 2007/019933) which has the formula
  • HM-5016504 Human Medipharma
  • ficlatuzumab (AVEO) monoclonal antibody against HGF (preferred); onartuzumab (Roche) monoclonal antibody against MET (preferred); rilotuzumab (Amgen) monoclonal antibody against HGF (preferred); Tak-701 (Takeda) monoclonal antibody against HGF); LA-480 (Eli Lilly) monoclonal antibody against MET; and/or LY.2875358 (Eli Lilly) monoclonal antibody against MET.
  • EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors useful according to the invention those of the quinolineamine class are to be mentioned, in particular.
  • EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors disclosed in WO 96/30347 are to be mentioned here, as a first group, especially 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivatives of the formula
  • each Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, amino, hydroxyamino, carboxy, C 1-8 alkoxycarbonyl, nitro, guanidino, ureido, carbamoyl, cyano, trifluoromethyl, (R 6 ) 2 N-carbonyl and phenyl-W-alkyl wherein W is selected from a single bond, O, S and NH;
  • each Ra or Rb is independently selected from cyano-C 1-8 alkyl and R9 wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of R5, R5O, (R5) 2 N, R7C( ⁇ O), R5ONH, A and R5Y; wherein R5 is C 1-4 alkyl;
  • R6 is hydrogen or R5 wherein the R5s if more than one is present are the same or different;
  • R7 is R5, R5O or (R6) 2 N;
  • A is selected from piperidino, morpholino, pyrrolidino and 4-R6-piperazin-1-yl, imidazol-1-yl, 4-pyridon-1-yl, carboxy-C 1-8 alkyl, phenoxy, phenyl, phenylsulfanyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, (R5) 2 N-carbonyl-C 1-8 alkyl; and
  • Y is selected from S, SO, SO 2 ; the alkyl moieties in R5, R5O and (R5) 2 N are optionally substituted with halo or R9 wherein R9 is defined as above, and wherein the resulting groups are optionally substituted with halo or R9 with the proviso that a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom and another heteroatom can not be attached to the same carbon atom, and with the further proviso that Ra and Rb may not comprise more than three R9 units;
  • each Ra or Rb is independently selected from R5-sulfonylamino, phthalimido-C 1-8 alkyl-sulfonylamino, benzamido, benzenesulfonylamino, 3-phenylureido, 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl, and R10-C 2-4 alkanoylamino wherein R10 is selected from halo, R50, C 2-4 alkanoyloxy, B7C( ⁇ O) and (R6) 2 N; and wherein said benzamido or benzenesulfonylamino or phenyl or phenoxy or anilino or phenylsulfanyl substituent in Ra or Rb may optionally bear one or two halogens, C 1-8 alkyl, cyano, methansulfonyl or C 1-8 alkoxy substituents;
  • Ra and Rb taken together with the carbons to which they are attached comprise a 5-8 membered ring comprising at least one or two heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; and wherein the alkyl groups and alkyl portions of the alkoxy or alkylamino groups may be straight chained or if comprised of at least three carbons may be branched or cyclic;
  • each Rc and Rd is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-8 alkyl, optionally substituted amino, halo, hydroxy, optionally substituted hydroxy; or from azido or R11-ethynyl wherein R11 is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-8 alkyl wherein the substituents are selected from hydrogen, amino, hydroxy, R5O, R5NH and (R5) 2 N;
  • EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors disclosed in WO 96/33980 or U.S. Pat. No. 5,616,582 (which are incorporated herein by reference with regard to the generic and specific compounds disclosed therein) are to be mentioned here, as a second group, especially 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivatives of the formula
  • X is N
  • Ra is C 1-8 alkyloxy
  • Rb is di-(C 1-8 alkyl)-amino-C 1-8 alkoxy, pyrrolidin-1-yl-C 1-8 alkoxy, piperdino-C 1-8 alkoxy, morpholino-C 1-8 alkoxy, piperazin-1-yl-C 1-8 alkoxy, 4-C 1-8 alkylpiperazin-1-yl-C 1-8 alkoxy, imidazol-1-yl-C 1-8 alkoxy, di-(C 1-8 alkoxy-C 1-8 alkyl)-amino-C 1-8 alkoxy, thiomorpholino-C 1-8 alkoxy, 1-oxothiomorpholino-C 1-8 alkoxy or 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino-C 1-8 alkoxy, and wherein any of the above-mentioned Rb substituents comprising a CH 2 (methylene) group which is not attached to a N or 0 atom optionally bears on said CH 2 group a hydroxy
  • Rc and Rd are independently of the other halo, trifluoromethyl or C 1-8 alkyl;
  • This compound or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts are especially preferred in the embodiments of the present invention.
  • Ra and Rb is a group CH 3 SO 2 CH 2 CH 2 NHCH 2 —Ar—, wherein Ar is selected from phenyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl and thiazolyl, each of which may optionally be substituted by one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of one or two halo, C 1-8 alkyl and C 1-8 alkoxy; the other of Ra and Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-8 alkoxy, C 1-8 alkylamino and di(C 1-8 alkyl)amino;
  • Rc and Rd represents benzyl, halo-, dihalo- or trihalobenzyl, trihalomethylbenzyl, benzoyl, pyridylmethyl, pyridylmethoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halo-, dihalo- or trihalobenzyloxy, trihalomethylbenzyloxy, benzenesulphonyl or hydrogen;
  • Rc and Rd is hydrogen or hydroxy, halo, C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl, C 2-8 alkynyl, C 1-8 alkoxy, amino, C 1-8 alkylamino, di(C 1-8 alkyl)amino, C 1-8 alkylthio, C 1-8 alkylsulphinyl, C 1-8 alkylsulphonyl, C 1-8 alkylcarbonyl, carboxyl, carbamoyl, C 1-8 alkoxycarbonyl, C 1-8 alkanoylamino, N—(C 1-8 alkyl)carbamoyl, N,N-di(C 1-8 alkyl)carbamoyl, cyano, nitro or trifluoromethyl;
  • EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors disclosed in WO97/38983 or especially WO2000031048 are to be mentioned here, as a fourth group, especially 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivatives of the formula
  • Ra is -D-E-F and Rb is —SR 4* , halo, —OR 4* , —NHR 2* or hydrogen, or
  • Rb is -D-E-F and Ra is —SR 4* halo, —OR 4* , —NHR 3* or hydrogen,
  • D is —N(R 2* )—, —O—, —CH(R 2* )—, —N(R 2* )—NH—, —N(R 2* )—O—, —CH(R 2* )—NH—, —CH(R 2* )—O—, —CH(R 2* )—CH 2 —, —NH—CH(R 2* )—, —O—CH(R 2* )—, —S—CH(R 2* )— or absent;
  • E is —C( ⁇ O)—, —S( ⁇ O) 2 —, —P( ⁇ O)(OR 2* )— or —S( ⁇ O)—,
  • E is S( ⁇ O) 2 — or —S( ⁇ O)—
  • D is not —NH—CH(R 2* )— or —O—CH(R 2* )—;
  • R 1* is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-8 alkyl
  • R 2* , R 3* and R 4* are independently hydrogen, C 1-8 alkyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-piperidinyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-piperazinyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N 1 -piperazinyl(N 4 —C 1-6 alkyl), —(CH 2 ) n* —N-pyrrolidinyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-pyridinyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-imidazolyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-morpholinyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-thiomorpholinyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-hexohydroazepinyl or substituted C 1-8 alkyl, wherein the substituents are selected from —OH, —NH 2 , or —N
  • Rc and Rd are independently hydrogen, halo, C 1-8 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, C 1-8 alkoxy, C 3-8 cycloalkoxy, nitro, C 1-8 perfluoroalkyl, hydroxy, C 1-8 acyloxy, amino, —NH(C 1-8 alkyl), —N(C 1-8 alkyl) 2 , —NH(C 3-8 cycloalkyl), —NH(C 3-8 cycloalkyl) 2 , hydroxymethyl, C 1-8 acyl, cyano, azido, C 1-8 thioalkyl, C 1-8 sulfonylalkyl, C 1-8 sulfonylalkyl, C 3-8 thiocycloalkyl, C 3-8 sulfinylcycloalkyl, C 3-8 sulfonylcycloalkyl, mercapto, C 1-8 alkoxycarbonyl, C 3-8 cycloalk
  • R 5* is hydrogen, halo, C 1-6 perfluoroalkyl, 1,1-difluoro-C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-piperidinyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-piperazinyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N 1 -piperazinyl(N 4 —C 1-8 alkyl), —(CH 2 ) n* —N-pyrrolidinyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-pyridyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-imidazolyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-morpholinyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-thiomorpholinyl, —CH ⁇ CH 2 , —CH ⁇ CH—C 1-8 alkyl, —(CH 2 ) n* —N-he
  • R 6* is hydrogen or C 1-8 alkyl
  • n* is 1 to 8, especially 1 to 4; especially the compound of the formula
  • canertinib e.g. used as dihydrochloride
  • canertinib e.g. used as dihydrochloride
  • EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors disclosed in WO2005028443 (which is incorporated herein by reference with regard to the generic and specific compounds disclosed therein) are to be mentioned here, as a fifth group, especially 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivatives of the formula
  • Ra is C 1-8 alkoxy
  • Rb is amino- or N—[N′-mono- or N′,N′-di(C 1-8 alkyl)]amino)-C 4-8 alkenoyl)-amino;
  • Rc is halo or R 2 **—(CH 2 ) n* —R 3 **—
  • R 2 ** is a pyridyl, thiophenyl, pyrimidinyl, thiazolyl or phenyl, each optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-8 alkoxy and halogen, R 3 ** is —O— or —S— and n** is 0 to 8, preferably 0 or 1;
  • EGFR inhibitors also antibodies may be mentioned, e.g. Cetuximab (Erbitux®) (ImClone Systems, Bristol-Myers Squibb and Merck KgaA) which is a chimeric (mouse/human) monoclonal antibody, active as an epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) inhibitor, which can be administered e.g. intravenously.
  • Cetuximab Erbitux®
  • EGFR epidermal growth factor receptor
  • X is N or C(CN);
  • Ra is selected from the group consisting of C 1-8 alkyloxy or (C 1-8 alkyloxy, 1-piperidin-1-yl, 1-piperazin-1-yl, 4-C 1-8 alkyl-piperazin-1-yl, morpholin-1-yl, thiomorpholino-1-yl, S-oxothiomorpholin-1-yl or S,S-dioxothiomorpholinyl-1-yl)-C 1-8 alkyloxy;
  • Rb is selected from C 3-8 alkenoyl, ⁇ amino- or N—[N′-mono- or N′,N′-di(C 1-8 alkyl)]amino ⁇ -C 4-8 alkenoyl)-amino, [(C 1-8 alkylsufonyl-C 1-8 alkylamino)-C 1-8 alkyl]-furyl or (C 1-8 alkyloxy, 1-piperidin-1-yl, 1-piperazin-1-yl, 4-C 1-8 alkyl-piperazin-1-yl, morpholin-1-yl, thiomorpholin-1-yl, S-oxothiomorpholin-1-yl or S,S-dioxothiomorpholinyl-1-yl)-C 1-8 alkyloxy;
  • Rc is halo or C 2-8 alkynyl
  • Rd is hydrogen, pyridinyl-C 1-6 alkyloxy or unsubstituted or halogen substituted phenyl-C 1-8 alkyloxy;
  • X is N or C(CN);
  • Ra is methoxy, ethoxy, 3-morpholinopropyloxy or 2-methoxyethoxy
  • Rb is 4-(dimethylamino)-but-2-enoylamino, prop-2-enoylamino, 5-[(2-methylsulfonyl-ethyl)aminomethyl]-furan-2-yl, 2-methoxyethoxy or 3-morpholinopropoxy;
  • Rc is chloro or ethynyl
  • Rd is hydrogen, fluoro, pyridin-2-ylmethoxy or 3-fluorophenyl-methoxy
  • C 1-8 is preferably C 1-6 , more preferably C 1-4 , meaning a linear or branched moiety with 1 to 8, 1 to 6 or 1 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • C 2-6 is preferably C 2-6 , more preferably C 2-4 , meaning a linear or branched moiety with 2 to 8, 2 to 6 or 2 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • C 3-8 is preferably C 3-6 , more preferably C 3-4 , meaning moiety with 3 to 8, 3 to 6 or 3 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • C 4-8 is preferably C 4-6 , more preferably C 4 , meaning a linear or branched moiety with 4 to 8, 4 to 6 or 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • Lower refers to a group with up to 8, especially up to 6 carbon atoms, if not defined to otherwise.
  • lower alkyl refers to C 1-8 alkyl, e.g. C 1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl or tert-butyl.
  • substituents of compounds useful according to the invention are disclosed in groups or in ranges. It is specifically intended that the invention include each and every individual subcombination of the members of such groups and ranges.
  • C 1-6 alkyl is specifically intended to Individually disclose methyl, ethyl, C 3 alkyl, C 4 alkyl, C 5 alkyl, and C 6 alkyl.
  • stable refers to a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and preferably capable of formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
  • alkyl (also in alkoxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, haloalkyl or the like) is meant to refer to a saturated hydrocarbon group which is straight-chained or branched.
  • Example alkyl groups include methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (e.g., n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl), pentyl (e.g., n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl), and the like.
  • An alkyl group can contain from 1 to about 20, from 2 to about 20, from 1 to about 10, from 1 to about 8, from 1 to about 6, from 1 to about 4, or from 1 to about 3 carbon atoms.
  • alkylyene refers to a linking alkyl group.
  • alkenyl refers to an alkyl group having one or more double carbon-carbon bonds.
  • Example alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, and the like.
  • alkenylene refers to a linking alkenyl group.
  • alkynyl refers to an alkyl group having one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds.
  • Example alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, and the like.
  • alkynylene refers to a linking alkynyl group.
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group having one or more halogen substituents.
  • Example haloalkyl groups include CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , CHF 2 , CCl 3 , CHCl 2 , C 2 Cl 5 , and the like.
  • aryl refers to monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) aromatic hydrocarbons such as, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, indanyl, indenyl, and the like. In some embodiments, aryl groups have from 6 to about 20 carbon atoms.
  • arylene refers to a linking aryl group.
  • cycloalkyl refers to non-aromatic carbocycles including cyclized alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups.
  • Cycloalkyl groups can include mono- or polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) ring systems, including spirocycles.
  • cycloalkyl groups can have from 3 to about 20 carbon atoms, 3 to about 14 carbon atoms, 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, or 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Cycloalkyl groups can further have 0, 1, 2, or 3 double bonds and/or 0, 1, or 2 triple bonds.
  • cycloalkyl moieties that have one or more aromatic rings fused (i.e., having a bond in common with) to the cycloalkyl ring, for example, benzo derivatives of pentane, pentene, hexane, and the like.
  • a cycloalkyl group having one or more fused aromatic rings can be attached though either the aromatic or non-aromatic portion.
  • One or more ring-forming carbon atoms of a cycloalkyl group can be oxidized, for example, having an oxo or sulfido substituent.
  • Example cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptatrienyl, norbornyl, norpinyl, norcaranyl, adamantyl, and the like.
  • cycloalkylene refers to a linking cycloalkyl group.
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic heterocycle having at least one heteroatom ring member such as sulfur, oxygen, or nitrogen.
  • Heteroaryl groups include monocyclic and polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) systems. Any ring-forming N atom in a heteroaryl group can also be oxidized to form an N-oxo moiety.
  • heteroaryl groups include without limitation, pyridyl, N-oxopyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, furyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, pyrryl, oxazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, benzthiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, indazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzothienyl, purinyl, carbazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indolinyl, and the like.
  • the heteroaryl group has from 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, and in further embodiments from about 3 to about 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group contains 3 to about 14, 3 to about 7, or 5 to 6 ring-forming atoms. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has 1 to about 4, 1 to about 3, or 1 to 2 heteroatoms.
  • heteroarylene refers to a linking heteroaryl group.
  • heterocycloalkyl or “heterocyclyl” refers to a non-aromatic heterocycle where one or more of the ring-forming atoms is a heteroatom such as an O, N, or S atom.
  • Heterocycloalkyl groups can include mono- or polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) ring systems as well as spirocycles.
  • heterocycloalkyl groups include morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl, 1,3-benzodioxole, benzo-1,4-dioxane, piperidinyl, pyrolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, and the like.
  • heterocycloalkyl moieties that have one or more aromatic rings fused (i.e., having a bond in common with) to the nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, for example phthalimidyl, naphthalimidyl, and benzo derivatives of heterocycles.
  • a heterocycloalkyl group having one or more fused aromatic rings can be attached though either the aromatic or non-aromatic portion.
  • moieties where one or more ring-forming atoms is substituted by 1 or 2 oxo or sulfido groups.
  • the heterocycloalkyl group has from 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, and in further embodiments from about 3 to about 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 3 to about 20, 3 to about 14, 3 to about 7, or 5 to 6 ring-forming atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group has 1 to about 4, 1 to about 3, or 1 to 2 heteroatoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 0 to 3 double bonds. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 0 to 2 triple bonds.
  • heterocycloalkylene refers to a linking heterocycloalkyl group.
  • biasing refers to an aryl group substituted by another aryl group.
  • heteroaryl refers to a heteroaryl group substituted by another heteroaryl group.
  • halo or “halogen” Includes fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
  • alkoxy refers to an —O-alkyl group.
  • Example alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (e.g., n-propoxy and isopropoxy), t-butoxy, and the like.
  • acyl Includes an organic radical corresponding to the residue of, for example, an organic acid from which the hydroxyl group has been removed, i.e., a radical having the formula R A —C(O)—, where R A may in particular be aliphatic or substituted aliphatic, or It may for example be a substituted or unsubstituted mono- or bi-cyclic ring.
  • R may be selected from lower C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl or phenethyl group.
  • exemplary acyl is alkyl-carbonyl.
  • Examples of acyl groups include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl and butyryl.
  • Lower acyl is for example formyl or lower alkylcarbonyl, in particular acetyl.
  • MET and FGFR inhibitors can be manufactured as described in the patent applications and patents mentioned above, which are also incorporated by reference especially with regard to their manufacturing methods.
  • Compounds useful according to the invention can also include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the intermediates or final compounds.
  • Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers.
  • Examples of Isotopes that can be incorporated Into compounds of the Invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 F 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 36 CL, 125 I respectively.
  • Various isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H, 13 C, and 14 C are incorporated.
  • Such isotopically labelled compounds are useful in metabolic studies (preferably with 14 C), reaction kinetic studies (with, for example 2 H or 3 H), detection or imaging techniques [such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) Including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays, or in radioactive treatment of patients.
  • PET positron emission tomography
  • SPECT single-photon emission computed tomography
  • an 18 F or labeled compound may be particularly preferred for PET or SPECT studies.
  • substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2 H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.
  • Isotopically labeled compounds of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a. readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
  • isotopic enrichment factor means the ratio between the isotopic abundance and the natural abundance of a specified isotope.
  • a substituent in a compound of this invention is denoted deuterium, such compound has an isotopic enrichment factor for each designated deuterium atom of at least 3500 (52.5% deuterium Incorporation at each designated deuterium atom), at least 4000 (60% deuterium incorporation), at least 4500 (67.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 5000 (75% deuterium Incorporation), at least 5500 (82.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 6000 (90% deuterium incorporation), at least 6333.3 (95% deuterium incorporation), at least 6466.7 (97% deuterium incorporation), at least 6600 (99% deuterium incorporation), or at least 6633.3 (99.5% deuterium incorporation).
  • any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom.
  • a position Is designated specifically as “H” or “hydrogen” the position is understood to have hydrogen at its natural abundance isotopic composition.
  • any atom specifically designated as a deuterium (D) is meant to represent deuterium, for example in the ranges given above.
  • Isotopically-labeled MET and/or EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor compounds forming part of a combination product according to the invention can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the accompanying Examples and Preparations using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagents in place of the non-labeled reagent previously employed.
  • the present invention embodiments also include pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds useful according to the invention described herein.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by converting an existing acid or base moiety to its salt form.
  • examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention include the conventional non-toxic salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods.
  • such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, Isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred.
  • Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17 th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985, p. 1418 and Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 66, 2 (1977), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • phrases “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • prodrugs refer to any covalently bonded carriers which release the active parent drug when administered to a mammalian subject.
  • Prodrugs can be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compounds.
  • Prodrugs include compounds wherein hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl group respectively.
  • prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of the invention. Preparation and use of prodrugs is discussed in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design , ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • a compound included in the inventive combination products e.g. an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and/or a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor
  • the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical combination, especially a pharmaceutical combination product, comprising the mentioned combination partners and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Combination refers to formulations of the separate partners with or without instructions for combined use or to combination products.
  • the combination partners may thus be entirely separate pharmaceutical dosage forms or pharmaceutical compositions that are also sold independently of each other and where just instructions for their combined use are provided in the package equipment, e.g. leaflet or the like, or in other information e.g. provided to physicians and medical staff (e.g. oral communications, communications in writing or the like), for simultaneous or sequential use for being jointly active, especially as defined below.
  • the terms “coadministration” or “combined administration” or the like as utilized herein are meant to encompass administration of the selected combination partner to a single subject in need thereof (e.g. a patient), and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are not necessarily administered by the same route of administration and/or at the same time.
  • combination product as used herein thus means a pharmaceutical product that results from the mixing or combining of more than one active ingredient and includes both fixed and non-fixed combinations of the active ingredients (which may also be combined).
  • fixed combination means that the active ingredients, e.g. an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor, are both administered to a patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage.
  • the active ingredients are present in one dosage form, e.g. In one tablet or In one capsule.
  • non-fixed combination means that the active ingredients are both administered to a patient as separate entities either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with no specific time limits, wherein such administration provides therapeutically effective levels of the two compounds in the body of the patient.
  • cocktail therapy e.g. the administration of three or more active ingredients.
  • non-fixed combination thus defines especially a “kit of parts” In the sense that the combination partners (i) EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) MET tyrosine kinase Inhibitor (and if present further one or more co-agents) as defined herein can be dosed independently of each other or by use of different fixed combinations with distinguished amounts of the combination partners, i.e.
  • the combination partners may also be used as entirely separate pharmaceutical dosage forms or pharmaceutical formulations that are also sold independently of each other and just instructions of the possibility of their combined use is or are provided in the package equipment, e.g. leaflet or the like, or in other information e.g. provided to physicians and medical staff.
  • the independent formulations or the parts of the kit of parts can then, e.g. be administered simultaneously or chronologically staggered, that is at different time points and with equal or different time intervals for any part of the kit of parts.
  • the time Intervals are chosen such that the effect on the treated disease in the combined use of the parts is larger than the effect which would be obtained by use of only any one of the combination partners (i) and (ii), thus being jointly active.
  • the ratio of the total amounts of the combination partner (i) to the combination partner (ii) to be administered in the combined preparation can be varied, e.g. in order to cope with the needs of a patient sub-population to be treated or the needs of the single patient which different needs can be due to age, sex, body weight, etc. of the patients.
  • the invention also relates to (i) a MET inhibitor and (ii) an EGFR inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for combined use in a method of treating an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer.
  • the MET inhibitor and the EGFR Inhibitor for use according to the preceding paragraph are selected as follows: the MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of (E)-2-(1-(3-((7-fluoroquinolin-6-yl)methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazin-6-yl)ethylidene)hydrazinecarboxamide and/or (especially or) 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, respectively,
  • the EGFR inhibitor is gefinitib and/or (especially or) elotinib, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • the combination partners (i) and (ii) in any invention embodiment are preferably formulated or used to be jointly (prophylactically or especially therapeutically) active.
  • the term “Jointly (therapeutically) active” may mean that the compounds may be given separately or sequentially (In a chronically staggered manner, especially a sequence-specific manner) in such time intervals that they preferably, in the warm-blooded animal, especially human, to be treated, and still show a (preferably synergistic) Interaction (joint therapeutic effect).
  • a joint therapeutic effect can, inter alia, be determined by following the blood levels, showing that both compounds are present in the blood of the human to be treated at least during certain time Intervals, but this is not to exclude the case where the compounds are jointly active although they are not present in blood simultaneously.
  • the present invention thus pertains to a combination product for simultaneous, separate or sequential use, such as a combined preparation or a pharmaceutical fixed combination, or a combination of such preparation and combination.
  • the compounds useful according to the invention may be manufactured and/or formulated by the same or different manufacturers.
  • the combination partners may be brought together into a combination therapy: (i) prior to release of the combination product to physicians (e.g. in the case of a kit comprising the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent); (ii) by the physician themselves (or under the guidance of a physician) shortly before administration; (iii) in the patient themselves, e.g. during sequential administration of the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent.
  • any of the above methods involve further administering one or more other (e.g. third) co-agents, especially a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • one or more other (e.g. third) co-agents especially a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • the invention relates in a further embodiment to a combination product, particularly a pharmaceutical composition, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, respectively, and at least one third therapeutically active agent (co-agent), e.g. another compound (i) and/or (ii) or a different co-agent.
  • the additional co-agent is preferably selected from the group consisting of an anti-cancer agent; an anti-inflammatory agent.
  • the combination partners forming a corresponding product according to the invention may be mixed to form a fixed pharmaceutical composition or they may be administered separately or pairwise (i.e. before, simultaneously with or after the other drug substance(s)).
  • a combination product according to the invention can besides or in addition be administered especially for cancer therapy in combination with chemotherapy, radiotherapy, immunotherapy, surgical intervention, or a combination of these.
  • Long-term therapy is equally possible as is adjuvant therapy in the context of other treatment strategies, as described above.
  • Other possible treatments are therapy to maintain the patient's status after tumor regression, or even chemopreventive therapy, for example in patients at risk.
  • Possible anti-cancer agents include, but are not limited to aromatase inhibitors; antiestrogens; topoisomerase I Inhibitors; topoisomerase II inhibitors; microtubule active compounds; alkylating compounds; histone deacetylase inhibitors; compounds which induce cell differentiation processes; cyclooxygenase inhibitors; MMP inhibitors; mTOR inhibitors; antineoplastic antimetabolites; platin compounds; compounds targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase activity; anti-angiogenic compounds; compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein or lipid phosphatase; gonadorelin agonists; anti-androgens; methionine aminopeptidase inhibitors; bisphosphonates; biological response modifiers; antiproliferative antibodies; heparanase inhibitors; inhibitors of Ras oncogenic isoforms; telomerase inhibitors; proteasome inhibitors; compounds
  • combination products according to the invention may be used in combination with other tumor treatment approaches, including surgery, ionizing radiation, photodynamic therapy, implants, e.g. with corticosteroids, hormones, or they may be used as radiosensitizers.
  • aromatase inhibitor as used herein relates to a compound which Inhibits the estrogen production, i.e. the conversion of the substrates androstenedione and testosterone to estrone and estradiol, respectively.
  • the term includes, but is not limited to steroids, especially atamestane, exemestane and formestane and, in particular, non-steroids, especially aminoglutethimide, roglethimide, pyridoglutethimide, trilostane, testolactone, ketokonazole, vorozole, fadrozole, anastrozole and letrozole.
  • antiestrogen as used herein relates to a compound which antagonizes the effect of estrogens at the estrogen receptor level.
  • the term includes, but is not limited to tamoxifen, fulvestrant, raloxifene and raloxifene hydrochloride.
  • anti-androgen as used herein relates to any substance which is capable of inhibiting the biological effects of androgenic hormones and includes, but is not limited to, bicalutamide (CASODEX), which can be formulated, e.g. as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,636,505.
  • CASODEX bicalutamide
  • gonadorelin agonist as used herein includes, but is not limited to abarelix, goserelin and goserelin acetate.
  • topoisomerase I inhibitor as used herein Includes, but is not limited to topotecan, gimatecan, irinotecan, camptothecian and its analogues, 9-nitrocamptothecin and the macromolecular camptothecin conjugate PNU-166148 (compound A1 in WO099/17804).
  • topoisomerase II Inhibitor includes, but is not limited to the anthracyclines such as doxorubicin (including liposomal formulation, e.g. CAELYX), daunorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin and nemorubicin, the anthraquinones mitoxantrone and losoxantrone, and the podophillotoxines etoposide and teniposide.
  • anthracyclines such as doxorubicin (including liposomal formulation, e.g. CAELYX), daunorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin and nemorubicin, the anthraquinones mitoxantrone and losoxantrone, and the podophillotoxines etoposide and teniposide.
  • doxorubicin including liposomal formulation, e.g. CAELYX
  • daunorubicin including liposomal formulation
  • microtubule active compound relates to microtubule stabilizing, microtubule destabilizing compounds and microtublin polymerization inhibitors including, but not limited to taxanes, e.g. paditaxel and docetaxel, vinca alkaloids, e.g., vinblastine, especially vinblastine sulfate, vincristine especially vincristine sulfate, and vinorelbine, discodermolides, cochicine and epothilones and derivatives thereof, e.g. epothilone B or D or derivatives thereof.
  • taxanes e.g. paditaxel and docetaxel
  • vinca alkaloids e.g., vinblastine, especially vinblastine sulfate, vincristine especially vincristine sulfate, and vinorelbine
  • discodermolides cochicine and epothilones and derivatives thereof, e.g. epothilone B or D or derivatives thereof
  • alkylating compound includes, but is not limited to, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan or nitrosourea (BCNU or Gliadel).
  • histone deacetylase inhibitors or “HDAC inhibitors” relates to compounds which inhibit the histone deacetylase and which possess antiproliferative activity. This includes compounds disclosed in WO 02/22577, especially N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[(2-hydroxyethyl)[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide, N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. It further especially Includes Suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA).
  • SAHA Suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • HDAC histone deacetylase
  • SAHA suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • Specific HDAC inhibitors include MS275, SAHA. FK228 (formerly FR901228), Trichostatin A and compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
  • antimetabolite includes, but is not limited to, 5-Fluorouracil or 5-FU, capecitabine, gemcitabine, DNA demethylating compounds, such as 5-azacytidine and decitabine, methotrexate and edatrexate, and folic acid antagonists such as pemetrexed.
  • platinum compound as used herein includes, but is not limited to, carboplatin, cis-platin, cisplatinum and oxaliplatin.
  • compounds targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase activity includes, but is not limited to, c-Met tyrosine kinase and/or serine and/or threonine kinase inhibitors or lipid kinase inhibitors, e.g.,
  • PDGFR platelet-derived growth factor-receptors
  • compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of PDGFR especially compounds which inhibit the PDGF receptor, e.g. a N-phenyl-2-pyrimidine-amine derivative, e.g. imatinib, SU101, SU6668 and GFB-111;
  • IGF-IR insulin-like growth factor receptor I
  • compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of IGF-IR especially compounds which inhibit the kinase activity of IGF-I receptor, such as those compounds disclosed in WO 02/092599, or antibodies that target the extracellular domain of IGF-I receptor or its growth factors;
  • Kit/SCFR receptor tyrosine kinase e.g. imatinib
  • UCN-01 safingol, BAY 43-9006, Bryostatin 1, Perifosine; limofosine; RO 318220 and RO 320432; GO 6976; Isis 3521; LY333531/LY379196; isochinoline compounds such as those disclosed in WO 00/09495; FTIs; PD184352 or QAN697 (a P13K inhibitor) or AT7519 (CDK inhibitor);
  • compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of protein-tyrosine kinase inhibitors include imatinib mesylate (GLEEVEC) or tyrphostin.
  • a tyrphostin is preferably a low molecular weight (Mr ⁇ 1500) compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially a compound selected from the benzylidenemalonitrile class or the S-arylbenzenemalonirle or bi-substrate quinoline class of compounds, more especially any compound selected from the group consisting of Tyrphostin A23/RG-50810; AG 99; Tyrphostin AG 213; Tyrphostin AG 1748; Tyrphostin AG 490; Tyrphostin B44; Tyrphostin B44 (+) enantiomer Tyrphostin AG 555; AG 494; Tyrphostin AG 556, AG957 and adaphostin (4- ⁇ [(2,5-dihydroxyphenyl)methyl]amino) ⁇ -benzoic acid adamantyl ester; NSC 680410, adaphostin);
  • k) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the epidermal growth factor family of receptor tyrosine kinases (EGFR, ErbB2, ErbB3, ErbB4 as homo- or heterodimers) and their mutants, such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the epidermal growth factor receptor family are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit members of the EGF receptor tyrosine kinase family, e.g. EGF receptor, ErbB2, ErbB3 and ErbB4 or bind to EGF or EGF related ligands, and are in particular those compounds, proteins or monoclonal antibodies generically and specifically disclosed in WO 97/02266, e.g. the compound of ex.
  • trastuzumab HerceptinTM
  • cetuximab ErbituxTM
  • Iressa Tarceva
  • OSI-774 CI-1033
  • EKB-569 GW-2016, E1.1, E2.4, E2.5, E6.2, E6.4, E2.11, E6.3 or E7.6.3, and 7H-pyrrolo-[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives which are disclosed in WO 03/013541; and
  • l compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the c-Met receptor, such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of c-Met, especially compounds which inhibit the kinase activity of c-Met receptor, or antibodies that target the extracellular domain of c-Met or bind to HGF;
  • anti-angiogenic compounds include compounds having another mechanism for their activity, e.g. unrelated to protein or lipid kinase inhibition e.g. thalidomide (THALOMID) and TNP-470.
  • TAALOMID thalidomide
  • TNP-470 TNP-470.
  • Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein or lipid phosphatase includes, but is not limited to inhibitors of phosphatase 1, phosphatase 2A, or CDC25, e.g. okadaic acid or a derivative thereof.
  • Compounds which induce cell differentiation processes includes, but is not limited to e.g. retinoic acid, ⁇ - ⁇ - or ⁇ -tocopherol or ⁇ - ⁇ - or ⁇ -tocotrienol.
  • cyclooxygenase inhibitor includes, but is not limited to, e.g. Cox-2 inhibitors, 5-alkyl substituted 2-arylaminophenylacetic acid and derivatives, such as celecoxib (CELEBREX), rofecoxib (VIOXX), etoricoxib, valdecoxib or a 5-alkyl-2-arylaminophenylacetic acid, e.g. 5-methyl-2-(2′-chloro-6′-fluoroanilino)phenyl acetic acid, lumiracoxib.
  • Cox-2 inhibitors such as celecoxib (CELEBREX), rofecoxib (VIOXX), etoricoxib, valdecoxib or a 5-alkyl-2-arylaminophenylacetic acid, e.g. 5-methyl-2-(2′-chloro-6′-fluoroanilino)phenyl acetic acid, lumiracoxib.
  • bisphosphonates as used herein includes, but is not limited to, etridonic, clodronic, tiludronic, pamidronic, alendronic, ibandronic, risedronic and zoledronic acid.
  • mTOR inhibitors relates to compounds which inhibit the mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) and which possess antiproliferative activity such as sirolimus (Rapamune®), everollmus (CerticanTM), CCI-779 and ABT578.
  • heparanase inhibitor refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit heparin sulfate degradation.
  • the term includes, but is not limited to, PI-88.
  • biological response modifier refers to a lymphokine or interferons, e.g. interferon ⁇ .
  • inhibitor of Ras oncogenic isoforms e.g. H-Ras, K-Ras, or N-Ras, as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the oncogenic activity of Ras e.g. a “farnesyl transferase inhibitor” e.g. L-744832, DK8G557 or R115777 (Zamestra).
  • telomerase inhibitor refers to compounds which target, decrease or Inhibit the activity of telomerase.
  • Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of telomerase are especially compounds which inhibit the telomerase receptor, e.g. telomestatin.
  • methionine aminopeptidase inhibitor refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase.
  • Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase are e.g. bengamide or a derivative thereof.
  • proteasome inhibitor refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome.
  • Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome include e.g. Bortezomid (VelcadeTM) and MLN 341.
  • matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor or (“MMP” inhibitor) as used herein includes, but is not limited to, collagen peptidomimetic and nonpeptidomimetic inhibitors, tetracycline derivatives, e.g. hydroxamate peptidomimetic Inhibitor batimastat and its orally bioavailable analogue marimastat (BB-2516), prinomastat (AG3340), metastat (NSC 683551) BMS-279251, BAY 12-9566, TAA211, MMI270B or AAJ996.
  • MMP matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor
  • FMS-like tyrosine kinase inhibitors e.g. compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of FMS-like tyrosine kinase receptors (Flt-3R); interferon, 1-b-D-arabinofuransyicytosine (ara-c) and bisulfan; and ALK inhibitors e.g. compounds which target, decrease or inhibit anaplastic lymphoma kinase.
  • Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of FMS-like tyrosine kinase receptors are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit members of the Flt-3R receptor kinase family, e.g. PKC412, midostaurin, a staurosporine derivative, SU11248 and MLN518.
  • HSP90 inhibitors includes, but is not limited to, compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90; degrading, targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the HSP90 client proteins via the ubiquitin proteosome pathway.
  • Compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90 are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit the ATPase activity of HSP90 e.g., 17-allylamino, 17-demethoxygeldanamycin (17AAG, 17-DMAG), a geldanamycin derivative; other geldanamycin related compounds; radicicol and HDAC inhibitors; IPI-504, CNF1010, CNF2024, CNF1010 from Conforma Therapeutics; temozolomide, AUY922 from Novartis.
  • antiproliferative antibodies includes, but is not limited to erbitux, bevacizumab, rituximab, PRO64553 (anti-CD40) and 2C4 Antibody.
  • antibodies is meant e.g. intact monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies formed from at least 2 Intact antibodies, and antibodies fragments so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity.
  • antigenemic compounds includes, for example, Ara-C, a pyrimidine analog, which is the 2′-alpha-hydroxy ribose (arabinoside) derivative of deoxycytidine. Also included is the purine analog of hypoxanthine, 6-mercaptopurine (6-MP) and fludarabine phosphate.
  • Ara-C Ara-C
  • pyrimidine analog which is the 2′-alpha-hydroxy ribose (arabinoside) derivative of deoxycytidine.
  • purine analog of hypoxanthine 6-mercaptopurine (6-MP)
  • 6-MP 6-mercaptopurine
  • fludarabine phosphate fludarabine phosphate.
  • compounds of formula (I) can be used in combination with standard leukemia therapies, especially in combination with therapies used for the treatment of AML.
  • compounds of formula (I) can be administered in combination with, e.g., farnesyl transferase Inhibitors and/or other drugs useful for the treatment of AML, such as Daunorubicin, Adriamycin, Ara-C, VP-16.
  • drugs useful for the treatment of AML such as Daunorubicin, Adriamycin, Ara-C, VP-16.
  • “Somatostatin receptor antagonists” as used herein refers to compounds which target, treat or Inhibit the somatostatin receptor such as octreotide, and SOM230.
  • Tumor cell damaging approaches refer to approaches such as ionizing radiation.
  • ionizing radiation means ionizing radiation that occurs as either electromagnetic rays (such as X-rays and gamma rays) or particles (such as alpha and beta particles). Ionizing radiation is provided in, but not limited to, radiation therapy and is known in the art. See Hellman. Principles of Radiation Therapy, Cancer, in Principles and Practice of Oncology , Devita et al., Eds., 4 th Edition, Vol. 1, pp. 248-275 (1993).
  • EDG binders refers a class of Immunosuppressants that modulates lymphocyte recirculation, such as FTY720.
  • kinesin spindle protein inhibitors is known in the field and includes SB715992 or SB743921 from GlaxoSmithKline, pentamidine/chlorpromazine from CombinatoRx.
  • MEK inhibitors is known in the field and includes ARRY142886 from Array PioPharma, AZD6244 from AstraZeneca, PD181461 from Pfizer, leucovorin.
  • ribonucleotide reductase Inhibitors includes, but is not limited to pyrimidine or purline nucleoside analogs including, but not limited to, fludarabine and/or cytosine arabinoside (ara-C), 6-thioguanine, 5-fluorouracil, cladribine, 6-mercaptopurine (especially in combination with ara-C against ALL) and/or pentostatin.
  • Ribonucleotide reductase inhibitors are especially hydroxyurea or 2-hydroxy-1H-isoindole-1,3-dione derivatives, such as PL-1, PL-2, PL-3, PL-4, PL-5, PL-6, PL-7 or PL-8 mentioned in Nandy et al., Acta Oncologica , Vol. 33, No. 8, pp. 953-961 (1994).
  • S-adenosylmethionine decarboxylase inhibitors includes, but is not limited to the compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,461,076.
  • VEGF/VEGFR disclosed in WO 98/35958, e.g. 1-(4-chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, e.g. the succinate, or in WO 00/09495, WO 00/27820, WO 00/59509, WO 98/11223, WO 00/27819 and EP 0 769 947; those as described by Prewett et al., Cancer Res , Vol. 59, pp. 5209-5218 (1999); Yuan et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA , Vol. 93, pp.
  • Photodynamic therapy refers to therapy which uses certain chemicals known as photosensitizing compounds to treat or prevent cancers.
  • Examples of photodynamic therapy includes treatment with compounds, such as e.g. VISUDYNE and porfimer sodium.
  • Anglostatic steroids refers to compounds which block or inhibit angiogenesis, such as, e.g., anecortave, triamcinolone, hydrocortisone, 11- ⁇ -epihydrocotisol, cortexolone, 17 ⁇ -hydroxyprogesterone, corticosterone, desoxycorticosterone, testosterone, estrone and dexamethasone.
  • Corticosteroids as used herein includes, but is not limited to compounds, such as e.g. fluocinolone, dexamethasone; in particular in the form of implants.
  • chemotherapeutic compounds include, but are not limited to, plant alkaloids, hormonal compounds and antagonists; biological response modifiers, preferably lymphokines or interferons; antisense oligonucleotides or oligonucleotide derivatives; shRNA or siRNA; or miscellaneous compounds or compounds with other or unknown mechanism of action.
  • a combination product according to the invention may also be used in combination with or comprise one or more further drug substances selected from the group of anti-inflammatory drug substances; antihistamine drug substances; bronchodilatatory drug substances, NSAID; antagonists of chemokine receptors.
  • Suitable anti-inflammatory drugs include steroids, in particular glucocorticosteroids such as budesonide, beclamethasone dipropionate, fluticasone propionate, ciclesonide or mometasone furoate, or steroids described in WO 02/88167, WO 02/12266, WO 02/100879, WO 02/00679 (especially those of Examples 3, 11, 14, 17, 19, 26, 34, 37, 39, 51, 60, 67, 72, 73, 90, 99 and 101), WO 03/035668, WO 03/048181, WO 03/062259, WO 03/064445, WO 03/072592, nonsteroidal glucocorticoid receptor agonists such as those described in WO 00/00531, WO 02/10143, WO 03/082280, WO 03/082787, WO 03/104195, WO 04/005229;
  • steroids in particular glucocorticosteroids such as budesonide,
  • LTB4 antagonists such LY293111, CGS025019C, CP-195543, SC-53228, BIIL 284, ONO 4057, SB 209247 and those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,451,700; LTD4 antagonists such as montelukast and zafirlukast; PDE4 inhibitors such as cilomilast, Roflumilast (Byk Gulden), V-11294A (Napp), BAY19-8004 (Bayer), SCH-351591 (Schering-Plough), Arofylline (Almirall Prodesfarma), PD189659/PD168787 (Parke-Davis), AWD-12-281 (Asta Medica), CDC-801 (Celgene), SelCIDTM CC-10004 (Celgene), VM554/UM565 (Vemalils), T-440 (Tanabe), KW-4490 (Kyowa Hakko Kog
  • WO 04/018457 WO 04/018465, WO 04/019944, WO 04/019945, WO 04/045607 and WO 04/037805;
  • A2a agonists such as those disclosed in EP 409595A2, EP 1052264, EP 1241176, WO 94/17090, WO 96/02543, WO 96/02553, WO 98/28319, WO 99/24449, WO 99/24450, WO 99/24451, WO 99/38877, WO 99/41267, WO 99/67263, WO 99/67264, WO 99/67265, WO 99/67266, WO 00/23457, WO 00/77018, WO 00/78774, WO 01/23399, WO 01/27130, WO 01/27131, WO 01/60835, WO 01/94368, WO 02/00676, WO 02/22630, WO 02/96462, WO 03/08
  • Suitable bronchodilatory drugs include anticholinergic or antimuscarinic compounds, in particular ipratropium bromide, oxitropium bromide, tiotropium salts and CHF 4226 (Chiesi), and glycopyrrolate, but also those described in WO 01/04118, WO 02/51841, WO 02/53564, WO 03/00840, WO 03/87094, WO 04/05285, WO 02/00652, WO 03/53966, EP 424021, U.S. Pat. No. 5,171,744, U.S. Pat. No. 3,714,357, WO 03/33495 and WO 04/018422.
  • Suitable chemokine receptors include, e.g. CCR-1, CCR-2, CCR-3, CCR-4, CCR-5, CCR-6, CCR-7, CCR-8, CCR-9 and CCR10, CXCR1, CXCR2, CXCR3, CXCR4, CXCR5, particularly CCR-5 antagonists such as Schering-Plough antagonists SC-351125, SCH-55700 and SCH-D, Takeda antagonists such as N-[[4-[[[[6,7-dihydro-2-(4-methylphenyl)-5H-benzo-cyclohepten-8-yl]carbonyl]amino]phenyl]-methyl]tetrahydro-N,N-dimethyl-2H-pyran-4-aminium chloride (TAK770), and CCR-5 antagonists described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,166,037 (particularly claims 18 and 19 ), WO 00/66558 (particularly claim 8 ), WO 00/66559 (particularly claim
  • Suitable antihistamine drug substances include cetirizine hydrochloride, acetaminophen, clemastine fumarate, promethazine, loratidine, desloratidine, diphenhydramine and fexofenadine hydrochloride, activastine, astemizole, azelastine, ebastine, epinastine, mizolastine and tefenadine as well as those disclosed in WO 03/099807, WO 04/026841 and JP 2004107299.
  • pharmaceutically effective preferably relates to an amount that is therapeutically or in a broader sense also prophylactically effective against the progression of a disease or disorder as disclosed herein.
  • a commercial package as used herein defines especially a “kit of parts” in the sense that the components (a) MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (b) FGFR tyrosine kinase Inhibitor as defined above and below, and optionally further co-agents, can be dosed independently or by use of different fixed combinations with distinguished amounts of the components (a) and (b), i.e., simultaneously or at different time points.
  • these terms comprise a commercial package comprising (especially combining) as active ingredients components (a) and (b), together with Instructions for simultaneous, sequential (chronically staggered, in time-specific sequence, preferentially) or (less preferably) separate use thereof in the delay of progression or treatment of a proliferative disease.
  • the parts of the kit of parts can then, e.g., be administered simultaneously or chronologically staggered, that is at different time points and with equal or different time intervals for any part of the kit of parts.
  • the time intervals are chosen such that the effect on the treated disease in the combined use of the parts is larger than the effect which would be obtained by use of only any one of the combination partners (a) and (b) (as can be determined according to standard methods.
  • the ratio of the total amounts of the combination partner (a) to the combination partner (b) to be administered in the combined preparation can be varied, e.g., In order to cope with the needs of a patient sub-population to be treated or the needs of the single patient which different needs can be due to the particular disease, age, sex, body weight, etc. of the patients.
  • there is at least one beneficial effect e.g., a mutual enhancing of the effect of the combination partners (a) and (b), in particular a more than additive effect, which hence could be achieved with lower doses of each of the combined drugs, respectively, than tolerable in the case of treatment with the Individual drugs only without combination, producing additional advantageous effects, e.g., less side effects or a combined therapeutic effect in a non-effective dosage of one or both of the combination partners (components) (a) and (b), and very preferably a strong synergism of the combination partners (a) and (b).
  • a beneficial effect e.g., a mutual enhancing of the effect of the combination partners (a) and (b)
  • a more than additive effect which hence could be achieved with lower doses of each of the combined drugs, respectively, than tolerable in the case of treatment with the Individual drugs only without combination
  • additional advantageous effects e.g., less side effects or a combined therapeutic effect in a non-effective dosage of one or both of the combination partners
  • any combination of simultaneous, sequential and separate use is also possible, meaning that the components (a) and (b) may be administered at one time point simultaneously, followed by administration of only one component with lower host toxicity either chronically, e.g., more than 3-4 weeks of daily dosing, at a later time point and subsequently the other component or the combination of both components at a still later time point (in subsequent drug combination treatment courses for an optimal effect) or the like.
  • the combination products according to the present invention are appropriate for the treatment of various diseases that are mediated by, especially depend on, the activity of EGFR and/or MET tyrosine kinase, respectively. They can thus be used in the treatment of any of the diseases that can be treated by EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors and MET tyrosine kinase inhibitors.
  • FGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease refers especially to a disease in which activity of one or both kinases leads to abnormal activity of the regulatory pathways including one of both kinases, especially where one or both of the kinases is overactive, e.g. due to overexpression, mutation or relative lack of activity of other regulatory pathways in the cell, e.g. where there is amplification, constitutive activation and/or overactivation of preceding or subsequent regulatory elements.
  • EGFR inhibitors are e.g. useful in the treatment of one or more of the diseases which respond to an Inhibition of EGFR activity, especially a neoplastic or tumor disease, especially solid tumor, more especially those cancers in which EGFR kinases are implicated including breast cancer, gastric cancer, lung cancer, cancer of the prostate, bladder cancer and endometrial cancer. Further cancers include cancer of the kidney, liver, adrenal glands, stomach, ovaries, colon, rectum, pancreas, vagina or thyroid, sarcoma, glioblastomas and numerous tumours of the neck and head, as well as leukemias and multiple myeloma. Especially preferred are cancers of breast or ovary; lung cancer, e.g.
  • NSCLC or SCLC head and neck, renal, colorectal, pancreas, bladder, gastric or prostate cancer; or glioma; in particular, glioma or colon, rectum or colorectal cancer or more particularly lung cancer are to be mentioned.
  • diseases dependent on ligands of EGFR such as EGF; TGF- ⁇ ; HB-EGF; amphiregulin; epiregulin; betacellulin, are included.
  • MET inhibitors are e.g. useful in the treatment of MET related diseases, especially cancers that display evidence for simultaneous activation of MET and FGFR, including gene amplification, activating mutations, expression of cognate RTK ligands, phosphorylation of RTKs at residues Indicative of activation, e.g.
  • cancer is selected from the group consisting of brain cancer, stomach cancer, genital cancer, urinary cancer, prostate cancer, (urinary) bladder cancer (superficial and muscle invasive), breast cancer, cervical cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, glioma (including glioblastoma, anaplastic astrocytoma, oligoastrocytoma, oligodendroglioma), esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, liver cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) including childhood HCC, head and neck cancer (including head and neck squamous-cell carcinoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma), Hurthle cell carcinoma, epithelial cancer, skin cancer, melanoma (including malignant melanoma), mesothelioma, lymphoma, myeloma (including multiple myeloma), leukemias, lung cancer (including non-small cell lung cancer (including all histological subtypes: adeno
  • MET inhibitors are e.g. also useful in the treatment of cancer wherein the cancer is stomach, colon, liver, genital, urinary, melanoma, or prostate.
  • the cancer is liver or esophageal.
  • MET inhibitors are e.g. also useful in the treatment of colon cancer, including metastases, e.g. in the liver, and of non-small-cell lung carcinoma.
  • MET inhibitors are e.g. also may be used in the treatment of hereditary papillary renal carcinoma (Schmidt, L. et al. Nat. Genet. 16, 68-73, 1997) and other proliferative diseases in which c-MET is overexpressed or constitutively activated by mutations (Jeffers and Vande Woude. Oncogene 18, 5120-5125, 1999; and reference cited therein) or chromosomal rearrangements (e.g. TPR-MET; Cooper et al. Nature 311, 29-33, 1984; Park. et al. Cell 45, 895-904, 1986).
  • MET inhibitors are e.g. further useful in the treatment of additional cancers and conditions as provided herein or known in the art.
  • MET Inhibitors are e.g. also suitable for the treatment of one or more Inflammatory conditions.
  • the inflammatory condition is due to an infection.
  • the method of treatment would be to block pathogen infection.
  • the infection is a bacterial infection, e.g., a Listera Infection. See, e.g., Shen et at. Cell 103: 501-10, (2000) whereby a bacterial surface protein activates c-Met kinase through binding to the extracellular domain of the receptor, thereby mimicking the effect of the cognate ligand HGF/SF.
  • the combination product of the present invention is especially appropriate for treatment of any of the cancers mentioned above amenable to EGFR or Met inhibitor treatment, especially a cancer selected from adenocardinoma (especially of the breast or more especially of the lung), rhabdomyosarcoma, osteosarcoma, urinary bladder carcinoma, colorectal cancer and glioma.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention refers to an amount of the compound of the present invention that will elicit the biological or medical response of a subject, for example, reduction or inhibition of an enzyme or a protein activity, or ameliorate symptoms, alleviate conditions, slow or delay disease progression, or prevent a disease, etc.
  • a therapeutically effective amount refers to the amount of the compound of the present invention that, when administered to a subject, is effective to (1) at least partially alleviating, inhibiting, preventing and/or ameliorating a condition, or a disorder or a disease (i) mediated by cMet (MET) and/or mediated by EGFR activity, or (ii) characterized by activity (normal or abnormal) of cMet and/or of EGFR; or (2) reducing or inhibiting the activity of cMet and/or of EGFR; or (3) reducing or inhibiting the expression of cMet and/or EGFR.
  • MET mediated by cMet
  • EGFR activity characterized by activity (normal or abnormal) of cMet and/or of EGFR
  • reducing or inhibiting the activity of cMet and/or of EGFR or (3) reducing or inhibiting the expression of cMet and/or EGFR.
  • a therapeutically effective amount refers to the amount of the compound of the present invention that, when administered to a cell, or a tissue, or a non-cellular biological material, or a medium, is effective to at least partially reducing or inhibiting the activity of cMet and/or EGFR; or at least partially reducing or Inhibiting the expression of MET and/or EGFR.
  • the term “subject” refers to an animal. Typically the animal is a mammal. A subject also refers to for example, primates (e.g., humans), cows, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats, rabbits, rats, mice, fish, birds and the like. In certain embodiments, the subject is a primate. In yet other embodiments, the subject is a human.
  • primates e.g., humans
  • the subject is a primate.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the term “Inhibit”, “inhibition” or “inhibiting” refers to the reduction or suppression of a given condition, symptom, or disorder, or disease, or a significant decrease in the baseline activity of a biological activity or process.
  • the term “treat”, “treating” or “treatment” of any disease or disorder refers in one embodiment, to ameliorating the disease or disorder (i.e., slowing or arresting or reducing the development of the disease or at least one of the clinical symptoms thereof).
  • “treat”, “treating” or “treatment” refers to alleviating or ameliorating at least one physical parameter including those which may not be discernible by the patient.
  • “treat”, “treating” or “treatment” refers to modulating the disease or disorder, either physically, (e.g., stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g., stabilization of a physical parameter), or both.
  • “treat”, “treating” or “treatment” refers to preventing or delaying the onset or development or progression of the disease or disorder.
  • treatment comprises, for example, the prophylactic or especially therapeutic administration of the combination partners to a warm-blooded animal, preferably to a human being, in need of such treatment with the aim to cure the disease or to have an effect on disease regression or on the delay of progression of a disease.
  • a subject is “in need of” a treatment if such subject would benefit biologically, medically or in quality of life from such treatment.
  • the combinations according to the Invention can be prepared in a manner known per se and are those suitable for enteral, such as oral or rectal, and parenteral administration to mammals (warm-blooded animals), including man, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one pharmacologically active combination partner alone or in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, especially suitable for enteral or parenteral application.
  • enteral such as oral or rectal
  • parenteral administration to mammals (warm-blooded animals), including man, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one pharmacologically active combination partner alone or in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, especially suitable for enteral or parenteral application.
  • one or more of the active ingredients are administered orally.
  • carrier or “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, surfactants, antioxidants, preservatives (e.g., antibacterial agents, antifungal agents), isotonic agents, absorption delaying agents, salts, preservatives, drugs, drug stabilizers, binders, excipients, disintegration agents, lubricants, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, dyes, and the like and combinations thereof, as would be known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed. Mack Printing Company, 1990, pp. 1289-1329). Except Insofar as any conventional carrier is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic or pharmaceutical compositions is contemplated.
  • the pharmaceutical combination product according to the invention (as fixed combination, or as kit, e.g. as combination of a fixed combination and Individual formulations for one or both combination partners or as kit of individual formulations of the combination partners) comprises the combination partners (at least one MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor, at least one EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor, and optionally one or more further co-agents) of the present invention and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier materials (carriers, excipients).
  • the combination products or the combination partners constituting it can be formulated for particular routes of administration such as oral administration, parenteral administration, and rectal administration, etc.
  • the combination products of the present invention can be made up in a solid form (including without limitation capsules, tablets, pills, granules, powders or suppositories), or in a liquid form (including without limitation solutions, suspensions or emulsions).
  • the combination products and/or their combination partners can be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or can contain conventional inert diluents, lubricating agents, or buffering agents, as well as adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers and buffers, etc.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions are tablets or gelatin capsules comprising the active ingredient together with one or more commonly known carriers, e.g. one or more carriers selected from the group consisting of
  • Tablets may be either film coated or enteric coated according to methods known in the art.
  • compositions for oral administration especially include an effective amount of one or more or in case of fixed combination formulations each of the combination partners (active ingredients) in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsion, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs.
  • Compositions intended for oral use are prepared according to any method known in the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions can contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets may contain the active ingredient(s) in admixture with nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
  • excipients are, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
  • the tablets are uncoated or coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
  • a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate can be employed.
  • Formulations for oral use can be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • an inert solid diluent for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
  • water or an oil medium for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • compositions are aqueous Isotonic solutions or suspensions, and suppositories are advantageously prepared from fatty emulsions or suspensions.
  • Said compositions may be sterilized and/or contain adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers. In addition, they may also contain other therapeutically valuable substances.
  • Said compositions are prepared according to conventional mixing, granulating or coating methods, respectively, and contain about 0.1-75%, or contain about 1-50%, of the active Ingredient.
  • compositions for transdermal application include an effective amount of one or more active ingredients with a suitable carrier.
  • Carriers suitable for transdermal delivery include absorbable pharmacologically acceptable solvents to assist passage through the skin of the host.
  • transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound of the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.
  • compositions for topical application include aqueous solutions, suspensions, ointments, creams, gels or sprayable formulations, e.g., for delivery by aerosol or the like.
  • topical delivery systems will in particular be appropriate for dermal application, e.g., for the treatment of skin cancer, e.g., for prophylactic use in sun creams, lotions, sprays and the like. They are thus particularly suited for use in topical, including cosmetic, formulations well-known in the art Such may contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
  • a topical application may also pertain to an inhalation or to an intranasal application. They may be conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder (either alone, as a mixture, for example a dry blend with lactose, or a mixed component particle, for example with phospholipids) from a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray, atomizer or nebuliser, with or without the use of a suitable propellant.
  • a dry powder either alone, as a mixture, for example a dry blend with lactose, or a mixed component particle, for example with phospholipids
  • the invention relates also to a kit of parts or a fixed pharmaceutical composition
  • a kit of parts or a fixed pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount, especially an amount effective in the treatment of one of the above-mentioned diseases of at least one MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor, at least one EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, respectively, and optionally of at least one further co-agent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that are suitable for topical, enteral, for example oral or rectal, or parenteral administration and that may be inorganic or organic, solid or liquid.
  • the active ingredient(s) forming part of a combination product according to the present invention can be present each in a relative amount of 0.5 to 95% of weight of the corresponding formulation (regarding the formulation as such, that is without packaging and leaflet), e.g. from 1 to 90, 5 to 95, 10 to 98 or 10 to 60 or 40 to 80% by weight, respectively.
  • the dosage of the active ingredient to be applied to a warm-blooded animal depends upon a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severity of the condition to be treated; the route of administration; the renal and hepatic function of the patient; and the particular compound employed.
  • a physician, clinician or veterinarian of ordinary skill can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug required to prevent, counter or arrest the progress of the condition.
  • Optimal precision in achieving concentration of drug within the range that yields efficacy without toxicity requires a regimen based on the kinetics of the drug's availability to target sites. This involves a consideration of the distribution, equilibrium, and elimination of a drug.
  • each of the combination partners or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to be administered to warm-blooded animals is preferably from approximately 3 mg to approximately 5 g, more preferably from approximately 10 mg to approximately 1.5 g per person per day, e.g. divided preferably into 1 to 3 single doses, e.g. for use once or twice daily, which may, for example, be of the same size.
  • the pharmaceutical combination product of the present invention can e.g. be in unit dosage of about 1-1000 mg of active ingredient(s) for a subject of about 50-70 kg, or about 1-500 mg or about 1-250 mg or about 1-150 mg or about 0.5-100 mg, or about 1-50 mg of for any one or in particular the sum of active ingredients; or (especially for the EGFR Inhibitor) 50 to 900, 60 to 850, 75 to 800 or 100 to 600 mg, respectively, for any one or in particular the sum of active ingredients.
  • the therapeutically effective dosage of a compound, the pharmaceutical composition, or the combinations thereof is dependent on the species of the subject, the body weight, age and individual condition, the disorder or disease or the severity thereof being treated. A physician, clinician or (in animal use) veterinarian of ordinary skill can readily determine the effective amount of each of the active ingredients necessary to prevent, treat or inhibit the progress of the disorder or disease.
  • FIG. 1 Graphic representation of the in vitro effect of a combination of the MET inhibitor 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and the EGFR inhibitor gefitinib which overcomes resistance to single agent gefitinib in HCC827 GR lung cancer cells; round spots: gefitinib; squares: 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide; triangles: gefitinib and 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide combination.
  • FIG. 2 Graphic representation of the in vitro effect of exogenous HGF (hepatocyte growth factor) which renders HCC827 cells resistant to gefitinib.
  • HGF hepatocyte growth factor
  • FIG. 3 Graphic representation of the first combination experiment of the MET Inhibitor 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and the EGFR inhibitor gefitinib in mice (in vivo) given in the Examples.
  • Female athymic mice bearing HCC827GR5 subcutaneous xenografts were treated with 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, gefitinib, a combination of both agents or vehicle control at the indicated doses and schedules.
  • Right graph Body weights over time.
  • FIG. 4 Graphic representation of the second combination experiment of the MET Inhibitor 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and the EGFR Inhibitor gefitinib in mice (In vivo) given in the Examples.
  • Female athymic mice bearing HCC827GR5 subcutaneous xenografts were treated with 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-ylmethyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, gefitinib, a combination of both agents or vehicle control at the indicated doses and schedules.
  • FIG. 5 Graphic representation of the change of tumor volumes over time after treatment discontinuation in mice (in vivo) as described in more detail in the Examples.
  • Female athymic mice bearing HCC827GR5 subcutaneous xenografts were treated with 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, gefitinib, a combination of both agents or vehicle control at the indicated doses and schedules. Treatments started 11 days post tumor cells Implantation and lasted 13 consecutive days.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va., USA
  • Example 1 In-Vitro Combination of the MET Inhibitor 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and the EGFR Inhibitor Gefitinib in a Lung Cancer Model
  • HCC827 GR (gefitinib resistant) were obtained from Dr. Pasi A. Jänne (Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Boston, Mass., USA), see also J. A. Engelman et al., Science 316, 1039 ff (2007). Cell line identity has been confirmed by SNP genotyping. Parental HCC827 cells are commercially available from ATCC (ATCC Number CRL-2868).
  • NSCLC lines were grown in RPMI 1640 medium (Amimed, catalogue number 1-41F01-I) supplemented with 10% heat Inactivated FCS, (Amimed, catalogue number 2-01F16-I), 2 mM L-glutamine (Amimed, catalogue number 5-10K00-H), 1 mM sodium pyruvate (Amimed, catalogue number 5-60F00-H) and 10 mM HEPES (Gibco, catalogue number 15630). Cells were incubated at 37° C. in a humidified atmosphere with 5% CO 2 . DNA was extracted with a DNeasy Blood and Tissue Kit (QIAGEN, Inc).
  • the MET Inhibitor and gefitinib 10 mM stock solutions were prepared in DMSO and stored at ⁇ 20° C.
  • FIG. 1 shows the results of the experiments.
  • the HCC827 cells were, as expected, highly sensitive to gefinitib with an IC 50 of 3 to 4 nM.
  • 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide did not show any substantial effect on proliferation of the HCC827 cells or any contribution to the effect of the gefitinib/2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide combination.
  • HCC827 GR cells were fully resistant to gefitinib alone, and the effect of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-ylmethyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide monotherapy was modest.
  • the combination of both agents inhibited proliferation as efficiently as gefinitib inhibited parental (not GR) cells, with an IC 50 of around 4 nM gefitinib and 0.4 nM 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-ylmethyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide in a 10:1 mixture.
  • Example 2 Exogenous HGF as an Alternative Way of MET Activation Causes Resistance of HCC827 Cells to Gefitinib
  • HCC827 cells were treated with a dilution series of gefitinib in the presence or absence of 50 ng/ml recombinant HGF (PeproTech, catalogue number 100-39) Cell viability was measured after 96 hours using an AlamarBlue assay. The initial amount of cells was quantified at the time of compound addition (dashed line), and cell growth on the y axis is expressed as a multiple of this value.
  • HCC827 cells exposed to a serial dilution of gefitinib in the presence or absence of a fixed combination of recombinant hepatocyte growth factor (HGF) was examined.
  • HGF-mediated MET activation could partially revert growth Inhibition caused by gefitinib, confirming the concept that MET activity can compensate for loss of EGFR activity in lung cancer models.
  • Example 3 In-Vivo Combination of the MET Inhibitor 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and the EGFR Inhibitor Gefitinib in a Lung Cancer Model
  • HCC827GR5 (see also J. A. Engelman et al., Science 1, 1039 ff (2007); gefitinib resistant lung tumor cells) were obtained from Dr. Pasi Jänne (Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Boston, Mass., USA). Cell line identity has been confirmed by SNP genotyping. Cells were grown in RPMI 1640 medium (Amimed #1-41F01-I) supplemented with 10% heat Inactivated FCS, (Amimed #2-01F16-I), 2 mM L-glutamine (Amimed #5-10K00-H), 1 mM sodium pyruvate (Amimed #5-60F00-H) and 10 mM HEPES (Gibco #15630). Selective pressure was maintained on the cells by keeping a 0.1 ⁇ M gefitinib concentration in the cell culture medium at all times. Cells were incubated at 37° C. in a humidified atmosphere with 5% CO 2 .
  • HCC827GR5 tumors were established by subcutaneous injection of 5 ⁇ 106 cells in 115 ⁇ l HBSS (Hank's buffered salt solution) containing 50% Matrigel (v/v) (gelatinous protein mixture secreted by Engelbreth-Holm-Swarm (EHS) mouse sarcoma cells, BD Biosciences, Franklin Lakes, N.J., USA) into the right flank of mice. with a 13 gauge trocar needle under Forene® (Isofluran; Abott, Switzerland) anesthesia.
  • EHS Engelbreth-Holm-Swarm
  • mice Engelbreth-Holm-Swarm mice sarcoma cells
  • 2-Fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide was formulated in 0.25% methylcellulose and 0.05% Tween 80 in water, using a water bath sonicator (33 kHz, 1 hour). The application volumes were 10 ml/kg for the single agents and for the vehicle control group or 5 ml/kg when the test compounds were given in combination. All Indicated doses refer to free base equivalent of 2-Fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide (dihydrochloride salt).
  • Gefitinib was formulated in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone:PEG300:Solutol HS15:water (10:30:20:40 v/v).
  • Tumor volumes were measured with calipers and determined according to the formula length ⁇ diameter 2 ⁇ /6. In addition to presenting changed of tumor volumes over the course of treatments, antitumor activity is expressed as T/C % ((mean change of tumor volume of treated animals/mean change of tumor volume of control animals) ⁇ 100). Regressions (%) were calculated according to the formula ((mean tumor volume at end of treatment ⁇ mean tumor volume at start of treatment)/mean tumor volume at start of treatment) ⁇ 100. Body weights and tumor volumes were recorded twice a week.
  • mice Female athymic nude mice were treated orally once a day with 3 mg/kg 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, alone or in combination with 25 mg/kg gefitinib.
  • Vehicle controls consisted of animals receiving a daily oral administration of 0.25% methylcellulose and 0.05% Tween 80 in water. All administration volumes were 10 ml/kg except in the combination chemotherapy group, where each single agent was administered at 5 ml/kg.
  • both 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and gefitinib produced a statistically significant antitumor effect (p ⁇ 0.05, ANOVA), with 22.9% regressions and a T/C of 32.5%, respectively.
  • 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and gefitinib produced statistically significant regressions of 87.3% (p ⁇ 0.05, ANOVA).
  • a post hoc Tukey'a analysis also showed that the antitumor effects produced by gefitinib administered as a single agent was statistically different from both 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide alone and in combination (p ⁇ 0.05, ANOVA).
  • 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide administered as a single agent did not produce a significant effect when compared to the combination (p>0.05, ANOVA, post hoc Tukey's).
  • mice Female athymic nude mice were treated orally once a day with 3 mg/kg 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, alone or in combination with 25 mg/kg gefitinib.
  • Vehicle controls consisted of animals receiving a daily oral administration of 0.25% methylcellulose and 0.05% Tween 80 in water. All administration volumes were 10 ml/kg except in the combination chemotherapy group, where each single agent was administered at 5 ml/kg.
  • both 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and gefitinib produced a statistically significant antitumor effect (p ⁇ 0.05, ANOVA), with 21.4% regressions and a T/C of 49.4%, respectively.
  • 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and gefitinib produced statistically significant regressions of 86.4% (p ⁇ 0.05, ANOVA).
  • the body weight changes in all treatment groups were not significantly different from the vehicle control group (p>0.05, one way ANOVA, post hoc Dunnett's). The body weight increase was statistically significant in all groups excepted the combination group (p ⁇ 0.05, paired t-test). See FIG. 4 .
  • mice bearing HCC827GR5 subcutaneous xenografts were treated with 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-1-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, gefitinib, a combination of both agents or vehicle control at the doses and schedules indicated in FIG. 5 .
  • Treatments started 11 days post tumor cells implantation and lasted 13 consecutive days.
  • the animals in the groups where treatments were extended Increased only to a mean of 400+/ ⁇ 80 mm 3 for the 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide-treated animals.
  • c-MET inhibitors are the most active class of compounds in inhibiting the growth of cell lines with c-MET amplification or simultaneous HGF and c-MET expression.
  • cell lines with simultaneous HGF and c-MET expression are also relatively resistant to EGFR inhibitors compared to cell lines with similar c-MET level that lack HGF expression.
  • the trial is a Phase IB/II, open label, multicenter study of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide administered orally in combination with gefitinib in adult patients with EGFR mutated, c-MET-amplified non-small cell lung cancer who have progressed after EGFR Inhibitor treatment.
  • OS Overall survival
  • Phase Ib To estimate the MTD or RP2D of Compound A or Compound B in combination with gefitinib in NSCLC patients who have c-MET gene amplification 2)
  • Phase II To estimate overall clinical activity of Compound A or Compound B in combination with gefitinib in NSCLC patients with c-MET gene amplification
  • Secondary Objectives 1) To determine safety and tolerability of Compound A or Compound B in combination with gefitinib 2) To estimate time dependent clinical activity of Compound A or Compound B in combination with gefitinib 3)
  • To characterize the PK profile of Compound A or Compound B and gefitinib in NSCLC patient population and to assess potential drug interaction between Compound A or Compound B and gefitinib Study design Open label, single arm, with a Phase Ib Part and a Phase II Part Population Approximately 58 male or female, at least 18 years old patients with EG
  • the Bayesian logistic regression model with overdose control will be used to recommend the dose levels that will be used for dose cohorts that occur after the initial dose cohort.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to pharmaceutical products comprising a combination of (i) a MET inhibitor and (ii) an EGFR inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, respectively, or a prodrug thereof, which are jointly active in the treatment of proliferative diseases, corresponding pharmaceutical formulations, uses, methods, processes, commercial packages and related invention embodiments.

Description

    SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to pharmaceutical combinations, e.g. products, comprising a combination of (i) a MET inhibitor and (ii) an EGFR (ErbB-1) inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, respectively, or a prodrug thereof, which are jointly active in the treatment of proliferative diseases, corresponding pharmaceutical formulations, uses, methods, processes, commercial packages and related invention embodiments.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Drugs that were designed to act against individual molecular targets often are not appropriate to combat diseases with more than one target as cause (multigenic diseases), such as cancer or other proliferative diseases.
  • In order to combat such diseases, one approach is to use single multi-target drugs—however, here it is required that the targets causally involved into manifestation of a disease are all hit by the drug considered. On the other hand, multi-target drugs may lead to undesired side effects as they may also have impact on targets not involved in the disease manifestation.
  • A different approach is to use a combination of drugs as multi-target drugs. In the best scenario, this may lead to a combined efficiency, e.g. synergy, thus even allowing a reduction of side effects caused by the single drugs when used alone.
  • Occasionally, the components (combination partners) of such drugs may impact separate targets to create a combination effect, and thus may create a combination effect going beyond what is achievable with the single compounds and/or when considering their isolated effects, respectively, either in the same pathway or separate pathways, within an individual cell or in separate cells in separate tissues. Alternatively, one component may alter the ability of another to reach its target, e.g. by inhibiting of efflux pumps or the like. Yet alternatively, the combination partners may bind to separate sites of the same target. These variants of target connectivity hamper the search for appropriate combinations by hugely increasing the possible types of interactions that might be useful for combination or not.
  • However, a desired cooperation, or even a synergy, using such drugs may not be found in many cases. As the number of pairwise (r=2) drug combinations increases according to the formula nl/(rl(n−r)!) with the number of agents n being tested (e.g. testing 2000 agents would already generate 1,999,000 unique pairwise combinations), an appropriate screening method allowing high efficiency is necessary.
  • In addition, before any combination is considered, there is a crucial requirement to identify the pathways, enzymes, metabolic states or the like that are involved causally or in a supporting way in the disease manifestation.
  • In many cases, it is not even known at all that a given disease is multigenic.
  • Therefore, the search for appropriate combinations and amounts can property be described to correspond to finding a needle in a haystack.
  • The proto-oncogen cMET (MET) encodes the protein Hepatocyte Growth Factor Receptor (HGFR) which has tyrosine kinase activity and is essential for embryonic development and wound healing. Upon Hepatocyte Growth Factor (HGF) stimulation, MET induces several biological responses, leading to invasive growth. Abnormal MET activation triggers tumor growth, formation of new blood vessels (angiogenesis) and metastasis, in various types of malignancies, including cancers of the kidney, liver, stomach, breast and brain. A number of MET kinase Inhibitors are known, and alternatively inhibitors of HGF-induced MET (=HGFR) activation. The biological functions of c-MET (or c-MET signaling pathway) in normal tissues and human malignancies such as cancer have been well documented (Christensen, J. G. et al., Cancer Lett. 2005, 225(1):1-26; Corso, S. et al., Trends in Mol. Med. 2005, 11(6):284-292).
  • A dysregulated c-Met (c-MET) pathway plays important and sometimes causative (in the case of genetic alterations) roles in tumor formation, growth, maintenance and progression (Birchmeier, C. et al., Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell. Biol. 2003, 4(12):915-925; Boccaccio, C. et al., Nat. Rev. Cancer 2006, 6(8):637-645; Christensen, J. G. et al., Cancer Lett. 2005, 225(1):1-26). HGF and/or c-Met are overexpressed in significant portions of most human cancers, and are often associated with poor clinical outcomes such as more aggressive disease, disease progression, tumor metastasis and shortened patient survival. Further, patients with high levels of HGF/c-Met proteins are more resistance to chemotherapy and radiotherapy. In addition to the abnormal HGF/c-Met expression, c-Met receptor can also be activated in cancer patients through genetic mutations (both germline and somatic) and gene amplification. Although gene amplification and mutations are the most common genetic alterations that have been reported in patients, the receptor can also be activated by deletions, truncations, gene rearrangement.
  • The various cancers in which c-MET is implicated include, but are not limited to: carcinomas (e.g., bladder, breast, cervical, cholangiocarcinoma, colorectal, esophageal, gastric, head and neck, kidney, liver, lung, nasopharygeal, ovarian, pancreas, prostate, thyroid); musculoskeletal sarcomas (e.g., osteosarcoma, synovial sarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma); soft tissue sarcomas (e.g., MFH/fibrosarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma); hematopoietic malignancies (e.g., multiple myeloma, lymphomas, adult T cell leukemia, acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia); and other neoplasms (e.g., glioblastomas, astrocytomas, melanoma, mesothelioma and Wilm's tumor (www.vai.org/met/; Christensen, J. G. et al., Cancer Lett. 2005, 225(1):1-26).
  • The notion that the activated c-MET pathway contributes to tumor formation and progression and could be a good target for effective cancer intervention has been further solidified by numerous preclinical studies (Birchmeier, C. et al., Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 2003, 4(12):915-925; Christensen, J. G. et al., Cancer Lett. 2005, 225(1):1-26; Corso, S. et al., Trends in Mol. Med. 2005, 11(6): 284-292). For example, studies showed that the tpr-met fusion gene, overexpression of c-met and activated c-met mutations (collectively referred to herein as MET) all caused oncogenic transformation of various model cell lines and resulted in tumor formation and metastasis in mice. More importantly, significant anti-tumor (sometimes tumor regression) and anti-metastasis activities have been demonstrated in vitro and in vivo with agents that specifically impair and/or block HGF/c-MET signaling. Those agents include anti-HGF and antic-Met antibodies, HGF peptide antagonists, decoy c-Met receptor, c-Met peptide antagonists, dominant negative c-Met mutations, c-Met specific antisense oligonucleotides and ribozymes, and selective small molecule c-Met kinase inhibitors (Christensen, J. G. et al., Cancer Lett. 2005, 225(1):1-26).
  • In addition to the established role in cancer, abnormal HGF/MET signaling is also implicated in atherosclerosis, lung fibrosis, renal fibrosis and regeneration, liver diseases, allergic disorders, inflammatory and autoimmune disorders, cerebrovascular diseases, cardiovascular diseases, conditions associated with organ transplantation (Ma, H. et al., Atherosclerosis. 2002, 164(1):79-87; Crestani, B. et al., Lab. Invest. 2002, 82(8):1015-1022; Sequra-Flores, A. A. et al., Rev. Gastroenterol. Mex. 2004, 69(4)243-250; Morishita, R. et al., Curr. Gene Ther. 2004, 4(2)199-206; Morishita, R. et al., Endocr. J. 2002, 49(3)273-284; Liu, Y., Curr. Opin. Nephrol. Hypertens. 2002, 11(1):23-30; Matsumoto, K. et al., Kidney Int. 2001, 59(6)2023-2038; Balkovetz, D. F. et al., Int. Rev. Cytol. 1999, 186:225-250; Miyazawa, T. et al., J. Cereb. Blood Flow Metab. 1998, 18(4)345-348; Koch, A. E. et al., Arthritis Rheum. 1996, 39(9):1566-1575; Futamatsu, H. et al., Circ. Res. 2005, 96(8)823-830; Eguchi, S. et al., Clin. Transplant. 1999, 13(6)536-544).
  • The Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor (EGFR, aka ErbB-1; HER1 In humans), is a receptor for ligands of the epidermal growth factor family. Several types of cancers are known to be dependent on EGFR over-activity or over-expression, such as lung cancer, anal cancers, glioblastoma multiforme and many other mainly epithelial cancers.
  • Cancer is often dependent on the genetic alteration of receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs) e.g. by point mutation, gene amplification or chromosomal translocation which leads to uncontrolled activity of these RTKs which thus become oncogenic. Cell proliferation of cancer cells is dependent on the activity of these aberrant RTKs.
  • When treating the resulting proliferative diseases, often inhibitors of the oncogene RTK Involved are used. However, often, after a certain time of treatment, resistance to the drug used is observed. One mechanism of resistance can involve the target RTK, compromising binding or activity of the therapeutic agent. Another mechanism is compensatory activation of an alternative kinase that continues to drive cancer growth when the primary kinase is inhibited. A well-characterized example covering both types of mechanisms is acquired resistance to the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) gefitinib and erlotinib in non-small cancer (NSCLC) carrying activating EGFR mutations (see Lynch, T. J., et al., N Engl J Med, 350: 2129-2139, 2004; or Paez, J. G., et al., Science, 304: 1497-1500, 2004). For example, MET activation can compensate for loss of EGFR activity (by inhibition) by downstream activation of signal molecules such as HER3, such as MET amplification may compensate, or its ligand hepatocyte growth factor may activate MET (see Engelman, J. A., et al., Science, 316: 1039-1043, 2007; Yano, S., et al., Cancer Res, 68: 9479-9487, 2008; and Turke, A. B., et al., Cancer Cell, 17: 77-88, 2010). It is also known that MET-dependent cancer cell lines (the proliferation of which depends on the activity of MET) can be rescued from MET inhibitors by ligand-induced EGFR activation (see Bachleitner-Hofmann, T., et al., Mol Cancer Ther, 7: 3499-3508, 2008).
    • GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • Using cancer cells originally dependent on MET and/or EGFR (that is, their activity), a by-pass of dependence through ligand-mediated activation of alternative receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs) was observed. By-pass mechanisms were discovered when treating MET- or FGFR-dependent lines with a corresponding selective inhibitor (that is, MET-dependent lines with a MET inhibitor and FGFR-dependent lines with an FGFR inhibitor) and at the same time adding supernatants from cells transfected with cDNA coding for various secreted proteins It could be shown that the MET and FGFR RTKs can compensate for loss of each other, thus leading to “rescue” of proliferating cells if only one of these RTKs is inhibited by an appropriate drug.
  • It was surprisingly found that combined inhibition of these RTKs can lead to synergistic anti-cancer activity especially when MET and an FGFR RTK are both active and then, according to the invention, can be inhibited simultaneously or jointly sequentially.
    • SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention, according to a first embodiment, relates to a pharmaceutical combination (e.g. combination product) comprising (i) a MET Inhibitor and (ii) an EGFR inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, respectively, or a prodrug thereof, respectively, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • A further embodiment of this invention provides a combination (e.g. combination product) comprising a quantity which is jointly therapeutically effective against an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer, comprising the combination partners (i) EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or, respectively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier material.
  • A further embodiment relates to the use of the inventive combination (e.g. combination product) for treating an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer.
  • A further embodiment relates to the use of a combination of (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor or, respectively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament or a pharmaceutical product for treating an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer.
  • A further embodiment relates to a method of treating an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer, with a combination of (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase Inhibitor or, respectively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • A further embodiment relates to a method for the treatment of an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer, said method comprising administering an effective amount of a combination of or a combination product comprising (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor to a subject in need thereof, such as a warm-blooded animal, in particular a human.
  • Yet a further embodiment of present invention relates to a pharmaceutical product or a commercial package comprising a combination product according to the invention described herein, in particular together with instructions for simultaneous, separate or sequential use (especially for being jointly active) thereof in the treatment of an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer, in particular for use in the treatment of an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer.
  • A further embodiment of present Invention relates to the use of (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase Inhibitor or, respectively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the preparation of a combination (e.g. a combination product) according to present invention.
  • The following definitions show more specific embodiments of general features or expressions which can be used to replace one, more than one or all general features or expressions in the invention embodiments described hereinbefore and hereinafter, thus leading to more specific invention embodiments.
  • Among the MET tyrosine kinase inhibitors useful according to the invention, those disclosed in WO 2011/018454 (Incorporated herein by reference especially with regard to the classes of compounds and compounds disclosed therein) are a particular embodiment, especially those of the formula (I),
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00001
  • wherein
  • Y is C or N;
  • X is CH or N;
  • B is CH or N;
  • A is a ring;
  • such that when X is CH and B is N, ring A is ring Ai or ring Aii;
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00002
  • when X is N and B is N, ring A is Aiii;
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00003
  • and when X is N and B is N, or X is N and B is CH, ring A is Ai;
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00004
  • R1 is a group selected from i, ii and iii:
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00005
  • wherein R5 is heteroaryl;
  • R6 is hydrogen, deuterium, OH, methyl or halo;
  • R7 is hydrogen, deuterium, halo, or (C1-C3)alkyl, wherein said (C1-C3)alkyl is optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from OH and halo;
  • or R6 and R7, together with the carbon to which they are attached form cyclopropyl, wherein said cyclopropyl is optionally substituted by methyl;
  • n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • R2 is hydrogen, NH2, or (C1-C4)alkyl, wherein said (C1-C4)alkyl is optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from OH, NH2 and halo;
  • R3 is hydrogen, —CONH2, —CONH(C1-C4)alkyl, —CONHphenyl, wherein the phenyl of said CONHphenyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, —(C1-C4)alkyl, —CO(C1-C4)alkyl, —CO(C1-C4)alkyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, —COheteroaryl, —CSNH2, —CSNH(C1-C4)alkyl, —CSNHbenzyl, —SO2(C1-C4)alkyl or —COCH2heterocyclyl, said heterocyclyl being optionally substituted by (C1-C3)alkyl;
  • R4 is hydrogen or (C1-C3)alkyl;
  • or R3 and R4 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5 or 6 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic group comprising 1 ring N atom to which R3 and R4 are attached and optionally 1 additional ring heteroatom independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said monocyclic group is substituted by one or two ═O substituents;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Especially preferred of the group of compounds of the formula I which are MET tyrosine kinase inhibitors is that with the name (E)-2-(1-(3-((7-fluoroquinolin-6-yl)methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazin-6-yl)ethylidene)hydrazinecarboxamide (also called Cpd. A in the following) which has the formula:
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00006
  • See WO 11 018454, Example 1.
  • Among the MET tyrosine kinase inhibitors useful according to the Invention, as a particular embodiment there are also to be mentioned those disclosed, together with methods for their manufacture, in WO 2008/064157 (incorporated herein by reference especially with regard to the disclosed compounds and compound classes), especially the compounds having Formula III:
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00007
  • or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or prodrugs thereof, wherein:
      • A is N or CR3;
      • Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 —W—X—Y—Z;
      • Cy2 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 —W′—X′—Y′—Z′;
      • L1 is (CR4R5)m, (CR4R5)p-(cycloalkylene)-(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)p-(arylene)-CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)p-(heterocycloalkylene)-(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)p-(heteroarylene)-CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pO(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pS(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pC(O)(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pC(O)NR6(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pC(O)O(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pOC(O)(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pOC(O)NR6(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pNR6(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pNR6C(O)NR(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pS(O)(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pS(O)NR6(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pS(O)2(CR4R5)q, or (CR4R5)pS(O)2NR6(CR4R5)q, wherein said cycloalkylene, arylene, heterocycloalkylene, or heteroarylene is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cy3, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, N3, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rb, NRcC(O)NRcRd, NRcC(O)ORd, C(═NRg)NRcRd, NRcC(═NRg)NRcRd, P(Rf)2, P(ORe)2, P(O)ReRf, P(O)OReORf, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, NRcS(O)2Rb, and S(O)2NRcRd;
      • L2 is (CR7R8)r, (CR7R8)s-(cycloalkylene)-(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)s, -(arylene)-(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)s-(heterocycloakylene)-(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)s-(heteroarylene)-CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sO(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sS(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sC(O)(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sC(O)NR9(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sC(O)O(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sOC(O)CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sOC(O)NR(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sNR9(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sNR9C(O)NR9(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sS(O)(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sS(O)NR7(CR8R9)t, (CR7R8)sS(O)2(CR7R8)t, or (CR7R8)sS(O)2NR9(CR7R8)t, wherein said cycloalkylene, arylene, heterocycloalkylene, or heteroarylene is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cy4, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, N3, ORa1, SRa1, C(O)Rb1, C(O)NRc1Rd1, C(O)ORa1, OC(O)Rb1, OC(O)NRc1Rd1, NRc1Rd1, NRc1C(O)Rb1, NRc1C(O)NRc1Rd1, NRc1C(O)ORa1, C(═NR9)NRc1Rd1, NRc1C(═NR9)NRc1Rd1, P(Rf1)2, P(ORe1)2, P(O)Re1Rf1, P(O)ORe1ORf1, S(O)Rb1, S(O)NRc1Rd1, S(O)2Rb1, NRc1S(O)2Rb1, and S(O)2NRc1Rd1;
      • R1 is H or —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
      • R2 is H, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORA, SRA, C(O)RB, C(O)NRCRD, C(O)ORA, OC(O)RB, OC(O)NRCRD, NRCRD, NRCC(O)RB, NRCC(O)NRCRD, NRCC(O)ORA, S(O)RB, S(O)NRCRD, S(O)2RB, NRCS(O)2RB, or S(O)2NRCRD;
      • R3 is H, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORA, SRA, C(O)RB, C(O)NRCRD, C(O)ORA, OC(O)RB, OC(O)NRCRD, NRCRD, NRCC(O)RB, NRCC(O)NRCRD, NRCC(O)ORA, S(O)RB, S(O)NRCRD, S(O)2RB, NRCS(O)2RB, and S(O)2NRCRD; wherein said cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cy5, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, N3, ORa1, SRa1, C(O)Rb1, C(O)NRc1Rd1, C(O)ORa1, OC(O)Rb1, OC(O)NRc1Rd1, NRc1Rd1, NRc1C(O)Rb1, NRc1C(O)NRc1Rd1, NRc1C(O)ORa1, C(═NRg)NRc1Rd1, NRc1C(═NRg)NRc1Rd1, P(Rf1)2, P(ORe1)2, P(O)Re1Rf1, P(O)ORe1ORf1, S(O)Rb1, S(O)NRc1Rd1, S(O)2Rb1, NRc1S(O)2Rb1, and S(O)2NRc1Rd1;
      • or R2 and -L2-Cy2 are linked together to form a group of formula:
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00008
  • wherein ring B is a fused aryl or fused heteroaryl ring, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 —W′—X′—Y′—Z′;
      • R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, halo, OH, C1-6, alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, CN, and NO2;
      • or R4 and R5 together with the C atom to which they are attached form a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from halo, OH, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, CN, and NO2;
      • R6 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl;
      • R7 and R8 are independently selected from H, halo, OH, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, CN, and NO2;
      • or R7 and R8 together with the C atom to which they are attached form a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 substituent independently selected from halo, OH, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, CN, and NO2;
      • R9 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl;
      • W, W′, and W″ are independently absent or independently selected from C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, C2-6 alkynylene, O, S, NRh, CO, COO, CONRh, SO, SO2, SONRh and NRhCONRi, wherein each of the C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, and C2-6 alkynylene is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, OH, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, and C2-6 dialkylamino;
      • X, X′, and X″ are independently absent or independently selected from C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, C2-6alkynylene, arylene, cycloalkylene, heteroarylene, and heterocycloalkylene, wherein each of the C1-6 alkylene, C2-6alkenylene, C2-6 alkynylene, arylene, cycloalkylene, heteroarylene, and heterocycloalkylene is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-8 alkoxyalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C2-8 alkoxyalkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, C(O)ORi, C(O)NRhRi, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, and C2-8 dialkylamino;
      • Y, Y′, and Y″ are independently absent or independently selected from C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, C2-6 alkynylene, O, S, NRh, CO, COO, CONRh, SO, SO2, SONRh, and NRhCONRi, wherein each of the C1-6 alkylene, C2-6alkenylene, and C2-6alkynylene is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, OH, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, and C2-8dialkylamino;
      • Z, Z′, and Z″ are independently selected from H, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, N3, ORa2, SRa2, C(O)Rb2, C(O)NRc2Rd2, C(O)ORa2, OC(O)Rb2, OC(O)NRc2Rd2, NRc2Rd2, NRc2C(O)Rb2, NRc2C(O)NRc2Rd2, NRc2C(O)ORa2, C(═NRg)NRc2Rd2, NRc2C(═NRg)NRc2Rd2, P(Rf2)2, P(ORe2)2, P(O)Re2Rf2, P(O)ORe2ORf2, S(O)Rb2, S(O)NRc2Rd2, S(O)2Rb2, NRc2S(O)2Rb2, S(O)2NRc2Rd2, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 substituents independently selected from halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, N3, ORa2, SRa2, C(O)Rb2, C(O)NRc2Rd2, C(O)ORa2, OC(O)Rb2, OC(O)NRc2Rd2, NRc2Rd2, NRc2C(O)Rb2, NRc2C(O)NRc2Rd2, NRc2C(O)ORa2, C(═NRg)NRc2Rd2, NRc2C(═NRg)NRc2Rd2, P(Rf2)2, P(ORe2)2, P(O)Re2Rf2, P(O)ORe2ORf2, S(O)Rb2, S(O)NRc2Rd2, S(O)2Rb2, NRc2S(O)2Rb2, and S(O)NRc2Rd2;
      • wherein two adjacent —W—X—Y—Z, together with the atoms to which they are attached, optionally form a fused 4-20 membered cycloalkyl ring or a fused 4-20 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, ORa3, SRa3, C(O)Rb3, C(O)NRc3Rd3, C(O)ORa3, OC(O)Rb3, OC(O)NRc3Rd3, NRc3Rd3, NRc3C(O)Rb3, NRc3C(O)NRc3Rd3, NRc3C(O)ORa3, C(═NRg)NRc3Rd3, NRc3C(═NRg)NRc3Rd3, S(O)Rb3, S(O)NRc3Rd3, S(O)2Rb3, NRc3S(O)2Rb3, S(O)2NRc3Rd3, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl;
      • wherein two adjacent —W′—X′—Y′—Z′, together with the atoms to which they are attached, optionally form a fused 4-20 membered cycloalkyl ring or a fused 4-20 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, ORa3, SRa3, C(O)Rb3, C(O)NRc3Rd3, C(O)ORa3, OC(O)Rb3, OC(O)NRc3Rd3, NRc3Rd3, NRc3C(O)Rb3, NRc3C(O)NRc3Rd3, NRc3C(O)ORa3, C(═NRg)NRc3Rd3, NRc3C(═NRg)NRc3Rd3, S(O)Rb3, S(O)NRc3Rd3, S(O)2Rb3, NRc3S(O)2Rb3, S(O)2NRc3Rd3, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl;
      • Cy3, Cy4, and Cy5 are independently selected from aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents independently selected from halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, N3, ORa4, SRa4, C(O)Rb4, C(O)NRc4Rd4, C(O)ORa4, OC(O)Rb4, OC(O)NRc4Rd4, NRc4Rd4, NRc4C(O)Rb4, NRc4C(O)NRc4Rd4, NRc4C(O)ORa4, C(═NRg)NRc4Rd4, NRc4C(═NRg)NRc4Rd4, P(Rf4)2, P(OR4)2, P(O)Re4Rf4, P(O)ORe4ORf4, S(O)Rb4, S(O)NRc4Rd4, S(O)2Rb4, NRc4S(O)2Rb4, and S(O)2NRc4Rd4;
      • RA is H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein said C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, and C1-4 alkyl;
      • RB is H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, cycloakyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein said C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, and C1-4 alkyl;
      • RC and RD are independently selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, or C2-4 alkynyl, wherein said C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, or C2-4 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, and C1-4 alkyl;
      • or RC and RD together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group or heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, and C1-4 alkyl;
      • Ra, Ra1, Ra2, Ra3, and Ra4 are independently selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, aryalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
      • Rb, Rb1, Rb2, Rb3, and Rb4 are independently selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
      • Rc and Rd are independently selected from H, C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-10 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy
      • or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group or heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
      • Rc1 and Rd1 are independently selected from H, C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
      • or Rc1 and Rd1 together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group or heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-4 haloalkoxy;
      • Rc2 and Rd2 are independently selected from H, C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, arylheterocycloalkyl, arylheteroaryl, biaryl, heteroarylcycloalkyl, heteroaryheterocycloalkyl, heteroarylaryl, and biheteroaryl, wherein said C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroaryalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, arylheterocycloalkyl, arylheteroaryl, biaryl, heteroarylcycloalkyl, heteroarylheterocycloalkyl, heteroarylaryl, and biheteroaryl are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C(O)ORa4, C(O)Rb4, S(O)2Rb3, alkoxyalkyl, and alkoxyalkoxy;
      • or Rc2 and Rd2 together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group or heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C(O)ORa4, C(O)Rb4, S(O)2Rb3, alkoxyalkyl, and alkoxyalkoxy;
      • Rc3 and Rd3 are independently selected from H, C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo. C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
      • or Rc3 and Rd3 together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group or heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
      • Rc4 and Rd4 are independently selected from H, C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
      • or Rc4 and Rd4 together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group or heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
      • Re, Re1, Re2, and Re4 are independently selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, (C1-6 alkoxy)-C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkylalkyl;
      • Rf, Rf1, Rf2, and Rf4 are independently selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl;
      • Rg is H, CN, and NO2;
      • Rh and Ri are independently selected from H and C1-6 alkyl;
      • Rj is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, or heterocycloalkylalkyl;
        • m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6;
        • p is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
        • q is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
        • r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6;
        • s is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and
        • t is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • In some embodiments, the compounds of formula III useful according to the Invention have Formula IIIA:
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00009
  • In some embodiments, the compounds of formula III useful according to the invention have Formula IIIB:
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00010
  • especially wherein
  • A is CH or N, especially N;
  • L1 is (CR4R5)m wherein each of R4 and R5, independently of the other, is H or C1-6-alkyl and m is 0, 1 or 2,
  • L2 is (CR7R8)r wherein each of R7 and R8, independently of the other, is H or C1-6-alkyl and r is 0, 1 or 2,
  • R1 is H, halo or C1-6-alkyl;
  • R2 is H, halo or C1-6-alkyl; and
  • Cy2 is aryl, especially phenyl, where said aryl or phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted by one to 3 moieties independently selected from the group consisting of —C(═O)—NRc2Rd2 and halo, wherein Rc2 and Rd2 are independently selected from H, C1-10-alkyl and C1-6-haloalkyl;
  • where the compounds may also or alternatively be present in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • Especially preferred of the group of compounds of the formula Ill is that with the name 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide (also named Cpd. B hereinafter) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00011
  • See WO 2008/064157, Example 7. This is the most preferred MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor.
  • While the two MET inhibitors (Compound A and Compound B) mentioned above are of particular interest, also other MET inhibitors are included in the scope of the present invention.
  • Such other MET inhibitors (which also includes compounds or antibodies active against HGF) are, for example, selected from the following (Including their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and prodrugs thereof):
  • Crizotinib (Pfizer) (aka P F02341066) (a highly preferred compound) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00012
  • cabozantinib (Exelixis) (aka XL-184) (a highly preferred compound) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00013
  • tivatinib (ArQule, daiichi, Kyowa) (aka ARQ-197) (a highly preferred compound) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00014
  • foretinib (Exelixis, GlaxoSmithKline) (aka XL-880) (a highly preferred compound) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00015
  • MGCD-265 (MethylGene) (a highly preferred compound) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00016
  • AMG-208 (Amgen) see also WO 2008/008539) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00017
  • AMG-337 (Amgen);
  • JNJ-38877605 (Johnson & Johnson) (aka BVT051) (see also WO 2007/075567) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00018
  • MK-8033 (Merck & Co) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00019
  • E-7050 (Eisai) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00020
  • EMD-1204831 (Merck Serono);
  • EMD-1214063 (Merck Serono) (see also WO 2007/019933) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00021
  • amuvatinib (SuperGen) (aka MP-470) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00022
  • LY-2875358 (Eli Lilly);
  • BMS-817378 (BristolMyersSquibb, Simcere) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00023
  • DP-3590 (Deciphera);
  • ASP-08001 (Suzhou Ascepion Pharmaceuticals);
  • HM-5016504 (Hutchison Medipharma);
  • PF-4217903 (Pfizer) (see also US2007/0265272) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00024
  • SGX523 (SGX) (see also WO 2008/051808) which has the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00025
  • or antibodies or related molecules, e.g.
  • ficlatuzumab (AVEO) monoclonal antibody against HGF (preferred); onartuzumab (Roche) monoclonal antibody against MET (preferred); rilotuzumab (Amgen) monoclonal antibody against HGF (preferred); Tak-701 (Takeda) monoclonal antibody against HGF); LA-480 (Eli Lilly) monoclonal antibody against MET; and/or LY.2875358 (Eli Lilly) monoclonal antibody against MET.
  • Among the EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors useful according to the invention, those of the quinolineamine class are to be mentioned, in particular.
  • Especially, EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors disclosed in WO 96/30347 (which is incorporated herein by reference with regard to the generic and specific compounds disclosed therein) are to be mentioned here, as a first group, especially 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivatives of the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00026
  • and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof, wherein
  • each Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, amino, hydroxyamino, carboxy, C1-8alkoxycarbonyl, nitro, guanidino, ureido, carbamoyl, cyano, trifluoromethyl, (R6)2N-carbonyl and phenyl-W-alkyl wherein W is selected from a single bond, O, S and NH;
  • or each Ra or Rb is independently selected from cyano-C1-8alkyl and R9 wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of R5, R5O, (R5)2N, R7C(═O), R5ONH, A and R5Y; wherein R5 is C1-4alkyl;
  • R6 is hydrogen or R5 wherein the R5s if more than one is present are the same or different;
  • R7 is R5, R5O or (R6)2N;
  • A is selected from piperidino, morpholino, pyrrolidino and 4-R6-piperazin-1-yl, imidazol-1-yl, 4-pyridon-1-yl, carboxy-C1-8alkyl, phenoxy, phenyl, phenylsulfanyl, C2-8alkenyl, (R5)2N-carbonyl-C1-8alkyl; and
  • Y is selected from S, SO, SO2; the alkyl moieties in R5, R5O and (R5)2N are optionally substituted with halo or R9 wherein R9 is defined as above, and wherein the resulting groups are optionally substituted with halo or R9 with the proviso that a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom and another heteroatom can not be attached to the same carbon atom, and with the further proviso that Ra and Rb may not comprise more than three R9 units;
  • or each Ra or Rb is independently selected from R5-sulfonylamino, phthalimido-C1-8alkyl-sulfonylamino, benzamido, benzenesulfonylamino, 3-phenylureido, 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl, and R10-C2-4alkanoylamino wherein R10 is selected from halo, R50, C2-4alkanoyloxy, B7C(═O) and (R6)2N; and wherein said benzamido or benzenesulfonylamino or phenyl or phenoxy or anilino or phenylsulfanyl substituent in Ra or Rb may optionally bear one or two halogens, C1-8alkyl, cyano, methansulfonyl or C1-8alkoxy substituents;
  • or any two Ra and Rb taken together with the carbons to which they are attached comprise a 5-8 membered ring comprising at least one or two heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; and wherein the alkyl groups and alkyl portions of the alkoxy or alkylamino groups may be straight chained or if comprised of at least three carbons may be branched or cyclic;
  • each Rc and Rd is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-8alkyl, optionally substituted amino, halo, hydroxy, optionally substituted hydroxy; or from azido or R11-ethynyl wherein R11 is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-8alkyl wherein the substituents are selected from hydrogen, amino, hydroxy, R5O, R5NH and (R5)2N;
  • and X is N or C(CN), with the proviso that a substituent R5 may not comprise another substitutent R5; especially the compound of the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00027
  • with the INN name erlotinib (marketed in Tarceva®, Roche, Basel, Switzerland)=N-(3-ethinyl-phenyl)-6,7-bis-(2-methoxyethoxy)quinazolin-4-amine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Said compound and its manufacture are disclosed e.g. in WO 9630347, Example 20.
  • Especially, EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors disclosed in WO 96/33980 or U.S. Pat. No. 5,616,582 (which are incorporated herein by reference with regard to the generic and specific compounds disclosed therein) are to be mentioned here, as a second group, especially 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivatives of the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00028
  • wherein
  • X is N;
  • Ra is C1-8alkyloxy;
  • Rb is di-(C1-8alkyl)-amino-C1-8alkoxy, pyrrolidin-1-yl-C1-8alkoxy, piperdino-C1-8alkoxy, morpholino-C1-8alkoxy, piperazin-1-yl-C1-8alkoxy, 4-C1-8alkylpiperazin-1-yl-C1-8alkoxy, imidazol-1-yl-C1-8alkoxy, di-(C1-8alkoxy-C1-8alkyl)-amino-C1-8alkoxy, thiomorpholino-C1-8alkoxy, 1-oxothiomorpholino-C1-8alkoxy or 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino-C1-8alkoxy, and wherein any of the above-mentioned Rb substituents comprising a CH2 (methylene) group which is not attached to a N or 0 atom optionally bears on said CH2 group a hydroxy substituent;
  • and each of Rc and Rd is independently of the other halo, trifluoromethyl or C1-8alkyl;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, most especially the compound of the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00029
  • with the INN name gefitinib (marketed in Iressa®, AstraZeneca)=N-(3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-7-methoxy-6-[3-(morpholin-4-yl)propoxy]quinazolin-4-amine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, see W=96/33980, Example 1. This compound or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts are especially preferred in the embodiments of the present invention.
  • Especially, EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,391,874, U.S. Pat. No. 7,157,466, U.S. Pat. No. 6,828,320, U.S. Pat. No. 6,713,485 and in particular U.S. Pat. No. 6,727,256 (=WO9935146) (which are incorporated herein by reference with regard to the generic and specific compounds disclosed therein) are to be mentioned here, as a third group, especially 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivatives of the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00030
  • wherein X is N;
  • one of Ra and Rb is a group CH3SO2CH2CH2NHCH2—Ar—, wherein Ar is selected from phenyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl and thiazolyl, each of which may optionally be substituted by one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of one or two halo, C1-8alkyl and C1-8alkoxy; the other of Ra and Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, C1-8alkyl, C1-8alkoxy, C1-8alkylamino and di(C1-8alkyl)amino;
  • one of Rc and Rd represents benzyl, halo-, dihalo- or trihalobenzyl, trihalomethylbenzyl, benzoyl, pyridylmethyl, pyridylmethoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halo-, dihalo- or trihalobenzyloxy, trihalomethylbenzyloxy, benzenesulphonyl or hydrogen;
  • the other of Rc and Rd is hydrogen or hydroxy, halo, C1-8alkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, C1-8 alkoxy, amino, C1-8alkylamino, di(C1-8alkyl)amino, C1-8alkylthio, C1-8alkylsulphinyl, C1-8alkylsulphonyl, C1-8alkylcarbonyl, carboxyl, carbamoyl, C1-8alkoxycarbonyl, C1-8alkanoylamino, N—(C1-8alkyl)carbamoyl, N,N-di(C1-8alkyl)carbamoyl, cyano, nitro or trifluoromethyl;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, more especially the compound of the
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00031
  • with the INN name lapatinib (marketed in Tykerb® (USA), Tyverb® (EP), GlaxoSmithKline) with the name N-[3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl]-6-{5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)-2-azabutyl]-2-furyl}quinazolin-4-amine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, see e.g. WO9935146 (Example 29).
  • Especially, EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors disclosed in WO97/38983 or especially WO2000031048 (which are incorporated herein by reference with regard to the generic and specific compounds disclosed therein) are to be mentioned here, as a fourth group, especially 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivatives of the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00032
  • or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, wherein
  • X is N,
  • Ra is -D-E-F and Rb is —SR4*, halo, —OR4*, —NHR2* or hydrogen, or
  • Rb is -D-E-F and Ra is —SR4* halo, —OR4*, —NHR3* or hydrogen,
  • wherein, respectively,
  • D is —N(R2*)—, —O—, —CH(R2*)—, —N(R2*)—NH—, —N(R2*)—O—, —CH(R2*)—NH—, —CH(R2*)—O—, —CH(R2*)—CH2—, —NH—CH(R2*)—, —O—CH(R2*)—, —S—CH(R2*)— or absent;
  • E is —C(═O)—, —S(═O)2—, —P(═O)(OR2*)— or —S(═O)—,
  • F is —C(R1*)=CHR5*, —C≡C—R5*, or —C(R1*)═C═CHR5*;
  • provided that when E is S(═O)2— or —S(═O)—, D is not —NH—CH(R2*)— or —O—CH(R2*)—;
  • R1* is hydrogen, halogen or C1-8alkyl,
  • R2*, R3* and R4* are independently hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, —(CH2)n*—N-piperidinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-piperazinyl, —(CH2)n*—N1-piperazinyl(N4—C1-6alkyl), —(CH2)n*—N-pyrrolidinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-pyridinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-imidazolyl, —(CH2)n*—N-morpholinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-thiomorpholinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-hexohydroazepinyl or substituted C1-8alkyl, wherein the substituents are selected from —OH, —NH2, or —N(B*)(A*), wherein A* and B* are independently hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, —(CH2)n*—OH, —(CH2)n*—N-piperidinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-piperazinyl, —(CH2)n*—N1-piperazinyl(N4—C1-8alkyl), —(CH2)n*—N-pyrrolidinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-pyridyl and —(CH2)n*—N-imidazolyl;
  • Rc and Rd are independently hydrogen, halo, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, C1-8alkoxy, C3-8cycloalkoxy, nitro, C1-8perfluoroalkyl, hydroxy, C1-8acyloxy, amino, —NH(C1-8alkyl), —N(C1-8alkyl)2, —NH(C3-8cycloalkyl), —NH(C3-8cycloalkyl)2, hydroxymethyl, C1-8acyl, cyano, azido, C1-8thioalkyl, C1-8sulfonylalkyl, C1-8sulfonylalkyl, C3-8thiocycloalkyl, C3-8sulfinylcycloalkyl, C3-8sulfonylcycloalkyl, mercapto, C1-8alkoxycarbonyl, C3-8cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C2-8alkenyl, C4-8cycloalkenyl, or C2-8alkynyl;
  • R5* is hydrogen, halo, C1-6perfluoroalkyl, 1,1-difluoro-C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyl, —(CH2)n*—N-piperidinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-piperazinyl, —(CH2)n*—N1-piperazinyl(N4—C1-8alkyl), —(CH2)n*—N-pyrrolidinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-pyridyl, —(CH2)n*—N-imidazolyl, —(CH2)n*—N-morpholinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-thiomorpholinyl, —CH═CH2, —CH═CH—C1-8alkyl, —(CH2)n*—N-hexahydroazepinyl, —(CH2)n*—NH2, —(CH2)n*—NH—(C1-8)alkyl, —(CH2)n*—N(C1-8alkyl)2, -1-oxo-C1-8alkyl, carboxy, C1-8alkoxycarbonyl, N—C1-8alkyl-carbamoyl, phenyl or substituted phenyl, wherein the phenyl can have from one to three substituents independently selected from Rc and Rd or a monocyclic heteroaryl group selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, thienyl and imidazolyl, and each C1-8alkyl group above in R5* can be substituted with —OH, —NH2 or NA*B*, where A* and B* are as defined above;
  • R6* is hydrogen or C1-8alkyl;
  • and n* is 1 to 8, especially 1 to 4; especially the compound of the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00033
  • with the INN name canertinib (Pfizer) (e.g. used as dihydrochloride))N-[4-[(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino]-7-(3-morpholin-4-ylpropoxy)quinazolin-6-yl]prop-2-enamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, see especially WO2000031048.
  • Especially, EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors disclosed in WO2005028443 (which is incorporated herein by reference with regard to the generic and specific compounds disclosed therein) are to be mentioned here, as a fifth group, especially 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivatives of the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00034
  • wherein X is C—CN;
  • Ra is C1-8alkoxy;
  • Rb is amino- or N—[N′-mono- or N′,N′-di(C1-8alkyl)]amino)-C4-8alkenoyl)-amino;
  • Rc is halo or R2**—(CH2)n*—R3**—
  • wherein R2** is a pyridyl, thiophenyl, pyrimidinyl, thiazolyl or phenyl, each optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from C1-8alkyl, C1-8alkoxy and halogen, R3** is —O— or —S— and n** is 0 to 8, preferably 0 or 1;
  • and Rd is halo;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, especially the compound of the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00035
  • with the INN name pelitinib (Wyeth, owned by Pfizer) with the name 2E)-N-[4-[(3-Chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino]-3-cyano-7-ethoxy-6-quinolinyl]-4-(dimethylamino)-2-butenamide, see WO2005028443 (Example 20), or the compound of the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00036
  • with the INN name neratinib (Pfizer Inc.), (2E)-N-[4-[[3-chloro-4-[(pyridin-2-yl)methoxy]phenyl]amino]-3-cyano-7-ethoxyquinolin-6-yl]-4-(dimethylamino)but-2-enamide, see e.g. WO2005028443 Example 2;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, respectively.
  • Among the possible EGFR inhibitors, also antibodies may be mentioned, e.g. Cetuximab (Erbitux®) (ImClone Systems, Bristol-Myers Squibb and Merck KgaA) which is a chimeric (mouse/human) monoclonal antibody, active as an epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) inhibitor, which can be administered e.g. intravenously.
  • A particular embodiment of the invention embodiments in each case relates to the EGFR inhibitors of the formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00037
  • wherein
  • X is N or C(CN);
  • Ra is selected from the group consisting of C1-8alkyloxy or (C1-8alkyloxy, 1-piperidin-1-yl, 1-piperazin-1-yl, 4-C1-8alkyl-piperazin-1-yl, morpholin-1-yl, thiomorpholino-1-yl, S-oxothiomorpholin-1-yl or S,S-dioxothiomorpholinyl-1-yl)-C1-8alkyloxy;
  • Rb is selected from C3-8alkenoyl, {amino- or N—[N′-mono- or N′,N′-di(C1-8alkyl)]amino}-C4-8alkenoyl)-amino, [(C1-8alkylsufonyl-C1-8alkylamino)-C1-8alkyl]-furyl or (C1-8alkyloxy, 1-piperidin-1-yl, 1-piperazin-1-yl, 4-C1-8alkyl-piperazin-1-yl, morpholin-1-yl, thiomorpholin-1-yl, S-oxothiomorpholin-1-yl or S,S-dioxothiomorpholinyl-1-yl)-C1-8alkyloxy;
  • Rc is halo or C2-8alkynyl; and
  • Rd is hydrogen, pyridinyl-C1-6 alkyloxy or unsubstituted or halogen substituted phenyl-C1-8alkyloxy;
  • especially wherein:
  • X is N or C(CN);
  • Ra is methoxy, ethoxy, 3-morpholinopropyloxy or 2-methoxyethoxy;
  • Rb is 4-(dimethylamino)-but-2-enoylamino, prop-2-enoylamino, 5-[(2-methylsulfonyl-ethyl)aminomethyl]-furan-2-yl, 2-methoxyethoxy or 3-morpholinopropoxy;
  • Rc is chloro or ethynyl; and
  • Rd is hydrogen, fluoro, pyridin-2-ylmethoxy or 3-fluorophenyl-methoxy;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, respectively.
  • If not mentioned otherwise, the following definitions serve to define more general expressions used above and below by specific variants, thus defining more particular Invention embodiments wherein one, more than one or all general expressions are defined by these following definitions:
  • In the preceding and following definitions, C1-8 is preferably C1-6, more preferably C1-4, meaning a linear or branched moiety with 1 to 8, 1 to 6 or 1 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • In the preceding and following definitions, C2-6 is preferably C2-6, more preferably C2-4, meaning a linear or branched moiety with 2 to 8, 2 to 6 or 2 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • In the preceding and following definitions, C3-8 is preferably C3-6, more preferably C3-4, meaning moiety with 3 to 8, 3 to 6 or 3 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • In the preceding and following definitions, C4-8 is preferably C4-6, more preferably C4, meaning a linear or branched moiety with 4 to 8, 4 to 6 or 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
  • “Lower” refers to a group with up to 8, especially up to 6 carbon atoms, if not defined to otherwise. For example, lower alkyl refers to C1-8 alkyl, e.g. C1-4 alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl or tert-butyl.
  • At various places in the present specification, substituents of compounds useful according to the invention are disclosed in groups or in ranges. It is specifically intended that the invention include each and every individual subcombination of the members of such groups and ranges. For example, the term “C1-6 alkyl” is specifically intended to Individually disclose methyl, ethyl, C3 alkyl, C4 alkyl, C5 alkyl, and C6 alkyl.
  • It is further intended that the compounds useful according to the invention are stable. As used herein “stable” refers to a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and preferably capable of formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
  • It is further appreciated that certain features of the invention, which are, for clarity, described in the context of separate embodiments, can also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features of the invention which are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, can also be provided separately or in any suitable subcombination.
  • As used herein, the term “alkyl” (also in alkoxy, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, haloalkyl or the like) is meant to refer to a saturated hydrocarbon group which is straight-chained or branched. Example alkyl groups include methyl (Me), ethyl (Et), propyl (e.g., n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl), pentyl (e.g., n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl), and the like. An alkyl group can contain from 1 to about 20, from 2 to about 20, from 1 to about 10, from 1 to about 8, from 1 to about 6, from 1 to about 4, or from 1 to about 3 carbon atoms.
  • As used herein, the term “alkylyene” refers to a linking alkyl group.
  • As used herein, “alkenyl” refers to an alkyl group having one or more double carbon-carbon bonds. Example alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, and the like.
  • As used herein, “alkenylene” refers to a linking alkenyl group.
  • As used herein, “alkynyl” refers to an alkyl group having one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds. Example alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, and the like.
  • As used herein, “alkynylene” refers to a linking alkynyl group.
  • As used herein, “haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group having one or more halogen substituents. Example haloalkyl groups include CF3, C2F5, CHF2, CCl3, CHCl2, C2Cl5, and the like.
  • As used herein, “aryl” refers to monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) aromatic hydrocarbons such as, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, indanyl, indenyl, and the like. In some embodiments, aryl groups have from 6 to about 20 carbon atoms.
  • As used herein, “arylene” refers to a linking aryl group.
  • As used herein, “cycloalkyl” refers to non-aromatic carbocycles including cyclized alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups. Cycloalkyl groups can include mono- or polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) ring systems, including spirocycles. In some embodiments, cycloalkyl groups can have from 3 to about 20 carbon atoms, 3 to about 14 carbon atoms, 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, or 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Cycloalkyl groups can further have 0, 1, 2, or 3 double bonds and/or 0, 1, or 2 triple bonds. Also included in the definition of cycloalkyl are moieties that have one or more aromatic rings fused (i.e., having a bond in common with) to the cycloalkyl ring, for example, benzo derivatives of pentane, pentene, hexane, and the like. A cycloalkyl group having one or more fused aromatic rings can be attached though either the aromatic or non-aromatic portion. One or more ring-forming carbon atoms of a cycloalkyl group can be oxidized, for example, having an oxo or sulfido substituent. Example cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptatrienyl, norbornyl, norpinyl, norcaranyl, adamantyl, and the like.
  • As used herein, “cycloalkylene” refers to a linking cycloalkyl group.
  • As used herein, a “heteroaryl” group refers to an aromatic heterocycle having at least one heteroatom ring member such as sulfur, oxygen, or nitrogen. Heteroaryl groups include monocyclic and polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) systems. Any ring-forming N atom in a heteroaryl group can also be oxidized to form an N-oxo moiety. Examples of heteroaryl groups include without limitation, pyridyl, N-oxopyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, furyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, indolyl, pyrryl, oxazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, benzthiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, indazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzothienyl, purinyl, carbazolyl, benzimidazolyl, indolinyl, and the like. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has from 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, and in further embodiments from about 3 to about 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group contains 3 to about 14, 3 to about 7, or 5 to 6 ring-forming atoms. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl group has 1 to about 4, 1 to about 3, or 1 to 2 heteroatoms.
  • As used herein, “heteroarylene” refers to a linking heteroaryl group.
  • As used herein, “heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” refers to a non-aromatic heterocycle where one or more of the ring-forming atoms is a heteroatom such as an O, N, or S atom. Heterocycloalkyl groups can include mono- or polycyclic (e.g., having 2, 3 or 4 fused rings) ring systems as well as spirocycles. Example “heterocycloalkyl” groups include morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl, 1,3-benzodioxole, benzo-1,4-dioxane, piperidinyl, pyrolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, and the like. Also included in the definition of heterocycloalkyl are moieties that have one or more aromatic rings fused (i.e., having a bond in common with) to the nonaromatic heterocyclic ring, for example phthalimidyl, naphthalimidyl, and benzo derivatives of heterocycles. A heterocycloalkyl group having one or more fused aromatic rings can be attached though either the aromatic or non-aromatic portion. Also included in the definition of heterocycloalkyl are moieties where one or more ring-forming atoms is substituted by 1 or 2 oxo or sulfido groups. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group has from 1 to about 20 carbon atoms, and in further embodiments from about 3 to about 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 3 to about 20, 3 to about 14, 3 to about 7, or 5 to 6 ring-forming atoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group has 1 to about 4, 1 to about 3, or 1 to 2 heteroatoms. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 0 to 3 double bonds. In some embodiments, the heterocycloalkyl group contains 0 to 2 triple bonds.
  • As used herein, “heterocycloalkylene” refers to a linking heterocycloalkyl group.
  • As used herein, “biaryl” refers to an aryl group substituted by another aryl group.
  • As used herein, “biheteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl group substituted by another heteroaryl group.
  • As used herein, “halo” or “halogen” Includes fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
  • As used herein, “alkoxy” refers to an —O-alkyl group. Example alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (e.g., n-propoxy and isopropoxy), t-butoxy, and the like.
  • As used herein, “acyl” Includes an organic radical corresponding to the residue of, for example, an organic acid from which the hydroxyl group has been removed, i.e., a radical having the formula RA—C(O)—, where RA may in particular be aliphatic or substituted aliphatic, or It may for example be a substituted or unsubstituted mono- or bi-cyclic ring. Thus, R may be selected from lower C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl or phenethyl group. Amongst others. exemplary acyl is alkyl-carbonyl. Examples of acyl groups, include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl and butyryl. Lower acyl is for example formyl or lower alkylcarbonyl, in particular acetyl.
  • The MET and FGFR inhibitors can be manufactured as described in the patent applications and patents mentioned above, which are also incorporated by reference especially with regard to their manufacturing methods.
  • Compounds useful according to the invention can also include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the intermediates or final compounds. Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. Examples of Isotopes that can be incorporated Into compounds of the Invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 11C, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18F 31P, 32P, 35S, 36CL, 125I respectively. Various isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H, 13C, and 14C are incorporated. Such isotopically labelled compounds are useful in metabolic studies (preferably with 14C), reaction kinetic studies (with, for example 2H or 3H), detection or imaging techniques [such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) Including drug or substrate tissue distribution assays, or in radioactive treatment of patients. In particular, an 18F or labeled compound may be particularly preferred for PET or SPECT studies. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements. Isotopically labeled compounds of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or in the examples and preparations described below by substituting a. readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
  • Further, substitution with heavier isotopes, particularly deuterium (i.e., 2H or D) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example Increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements or an improvement in therapeutic index. It is understood that deuterium in this context is regarded as a substituent of a compound of the formula (I). The concentration of such a heavier isotope, specifically deuterium, may be defined by the isotopic enrichment factor. The term “isotopic enrichment factor” as used herein means the ratio between the isotopic abundance and the natural abundance of a specified isotope. If a substituent in a compound of this invention is denoted deuterium, such compound has an isotopic enrichment factor for each designated deuterium atom of at least 3500 (52.5% deuterium Incorporation at each designated deuterium atom), at least 4000 (60% deuterium incorporation), at least 4500 (67.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 5000 (75% deuterium Incorporation), at least 5500 (82.5% deuterium incorporation), at least 6000 (90% deuterium incorporation), at least 6333.3 (95% deuterium incorporation), at least 6466.7 (97% deuterium incorporation), at least 6600 (99% deuterium incorporation), or at least 6633.3 (99.5% deuterium incorporation). In the compounds of this invention any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom. Unless otherwise stated, when a position Is designated specifically as “H” or “hydrogen”, the position is understood to have hydrogen at its natural abundance isotopic composition. Accordingly, in the compounds of this Invention any atom specifically designated as a deuterium (D) is meant to represent deuterium, for example in the ranges given above.
  • Isotopically-labeled MET and/or EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor compounds forming part of a combination product according to the invention can generally be prepared by conventional techniques known to those skilled in the art or by processes analogous to those described in the accompanying Examples and Preparations using an appropriate isotopically-labeled reagents in place of the non-labeled reagent previously employed.
  • The present invention embodiments also include pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds useful according to the invention described herein. As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by converting an existing acid or base moiety to its salt form. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention Include the conventional non-toxic salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, Isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985, p. 1418 and Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 66, 2 (1977), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • The present invention also includes prodrugs of the compounds useful according to the invention. As used herein, “prodrugs” refer to any covalently bonded carriers which release the active parent drug when administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs can be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compounds. Prodrugs include compounds wherein hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl group respectively. Examples of prodrugs Include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of the invention. Preparation and use of prodrugs is discussed in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • The compounds useful according to the invention (=being included in a combination, especially a combination product, according to the invention, respectively, or being used according to the Invention, optionally also including further co-agents as defined below, that is, all active ingredients), as well as their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs, can also be present as tautomers, N-oxides or solvates, e.g. hydrates. All these variants, as well as any single one thereof or combination of two or more to less than all such variants, are encompassed and to be read herein where a compound included in the inventive combination products, e.g. an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and/or a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor, is mentioned.
  • The present invention, according to a first embodiment mentioned above and below, relates to a pharmaceutical combination, especially a pharmaceutical combination product, comprising the mentioned combination partners and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • “Combination” refers to formulations of the separate partners with or without instructions for combined use or to combination products. The combination partners may thus be entirely separate pharmaceutical dosage forms or pharmaceutical compositions that are also sold independently of each other and where just instructions for their combined use are provided in the package equipment, e.g. leaflet or the like, or in other information e.g. provided to physicians and medical staff (e.g. oral communications, communications in writing or the like), for simultaneous or sequential use for being jointly active, especially as defined below.
  • “Combination product” refers especially to either a fixed combination in one dosage unit form, or a kit of parts for the combined administration where an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor (and optionally yet a further combination partner (e.g. an other drug as explained below, also referred to as “co-agent”) may be administered independently at the same time or separately within time Intervals, especially where these time intervals allow that the combination partners show a cooperative (=joint), e.g. synergistic effect. The terms “coadministration” or “combined administration” or the like as utilized herein are meant to encompass administration of the selected combination partner to a single subject in need thereof (e.g. a patient), and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are not necessarily administered by the same route of administration and/or at the same time.
  • The term “combination product” as used herein thus means a pharmaceutical product that results from the mixing or combining of more than one active ingredient and includes both fixed and non-fixed combinations of the active ingredients (which may also be combined).
  • The term “fixed combination” means that the active ingredients, e.g. an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor, are both administered to a patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage. In other terms: the active ingredients are present in one dosage form, e.g. In one tablet or In one capsule.
  • The term “non-fixed combination” means that the active ingredients are both administered to a patient as separate entities either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with no specific time limits, wherein such administration provides therapeutically effective levels of the two compounds in the body of the patient. The latter also applies to cocktail therapy, e.g. the administration of three or more active ingredients. The term “non-fixed combination” thus defines especially a “kit of parts” In the sense that the combination partners (i) EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) MET tyrosine kinase Inhibitor (and if present further one or more co-agents) as defined herein can be dosed independently of each other or by use of different fixed combinations with distinguished amounts of the combination partners, i.e. simultaneously or at different time points, where the combination partners may also be used as entirely separate pharmaceutical dosage forms or pharmaceutical formulations that are also sold independently of each other and just instructions of the possibility of their combined use is or are provided in the package equipment, e.g. leaflet or the like, or in other information e.g. provided to physicians and medical staff. The independent formulations or the parts of the kit of parts can then, e.g. be administered simultaneously or chronologically staggered, that is at different time points and with equal or different time intervals for any part of the kit of parts. Very preferably, the time Intervals are chosen such that the effect on the treated disease in the combined use of the parts is larger than the effect which would be obtained by use of only any one of the combination partners (i) and (ii), thus being jointly active. The ratio of the total amounts of the combination partner (i) to the combination partner (ii) to be administered in the combined preparation can be varied, e.g. in order to cope with the needs of a patient sub-population to be treated or the needs of the single patient which different needs can be due to age, sex, body weight, etc. of the patients.
  • The invention also relates to (i) a MET inhibitor and (ii) an EGFR inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for combined use in a method of treating an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer.
  • In a further embodiment, the MET inhibitor and the EGFR Inhibitor for use according to the preceding paragraph are selected as follows: the MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of (E)-2-(1-(3-((7-fluoroquinolin-6-yl)methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazin-6-yl)ethylidene)hydrazinecarboxamide and/or (especially or) 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, respectively,
  • and the EGFR inhibitor is gefinitib and/or (especially or) elotinib, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • The combination partners (i) and (ii) in any invention embodiment are preferably formulated or used to be jointly (prophylactically or especially therapeutically) active. This means in particular that there is at least one beneficial effect, e.g. a mutual enhancing of the effect of the combination partners (i) and (ii), in particular a synergism, e.g. a more than additive effect, additional advantageous effects (e.g. a further therapeutic effect not found for any of the single compounds), less side effects, a combined therapeutic effect in a non-effective dosage of one or both of the combination partners (i) and (ii), and very preferably a clear synergism of the combination partners (i) and (ii).
  • For example, the term “Jointly (therapeutically) active” may mean that the compounds may be given separately or sequentially (In a chronically staggered manner, especially a sequence-specific manner) in such time intervals that they preferably, in the warm-blooded animal, especially human, to be treated, and still show a (preferably synergistic) Interaction (joint therapeutic effect). A joint therapeutic effect can, inter alia, be determined by following the blood levels, showing that both compounds are present in the blood of the human to be treated at least during certain time Intervals, but this is not to exclude the case where the compounds are jointly active although they are not present in blood simultaneously.
  • The present invention thus pertains to a combination product for simultaneous, separate or sequential use, such as a combined preparation or a pharmaceutical fixed combination, or a combination of such preparation and combination.
  • In the combination therapies of the invention, the compounds useful according to the invention may be manufactured and/or formulated by the same or different manufacturers. Moreover, the combination partners may be brought together into a combination therapy: (i) prior to release of the combination product to physicians (e.g. in the case of a kit comprising the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent); (ii) by the physician themselves (or under the guidance of a physician) shortly before administration; (iii) in the patient themselves, e.g. during sequential administration of the compound of the invention and the other therapeutic agent.
  • In certain embodiments, any of the above methods involve further administering one or more other (e.g. third) co-agents, especially a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • Thus, the invention relates in a further embodiment to a combination product, particularly a pharmaceutical composition, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, respectively, and at least one third therapeutically active agent (co-agent), e.g. another compound (i) and/or (ii) or a different co-agent. The additional co-agent is preferably selected from the group consisting of an anti-cancer agent; an anti-inflammatory agent.
  • Also in this case, the combination partners forming a corresponding product according to the invention may be mixed to form a fixed pharmaceutical composition or they may be administered separately or pairwise (i.e. before, simultaneously with or after the other drug substance(s)).
  • A combination product according to the invention can besides or in addition be administered especially for cancer therapy in combination with chemotherapy, radiotherapy, immunotherapy, surgical intervention, or a combination of these. Long-term therapy is equally possible as is adjuvant therapy in the context of other treatment strategies, as described above. Other possible treatments are therapy to maintain the patient's status after tumor regression, or even chemopreventive therapy, for example in patients at risk.
  • Possible anti-cancer agents (e.g. for chemotherapy) as co-agents include, but are not limited to aromatase inhibitors; antiestrogens; topoisomerase I Inhibitors; topoisomerase II inhibitors; microtubule active compounds; alkylating compounds; histone deacetylase inhibitors; compounds which induce cell differentiation processes; cyclooxygenase inhibitors; MMP inhibitors; mTOR inhibitors; antineoplastic antimetabolites; platin compounds; compounds targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase activity; anti-angiogenic compounds; compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein or lipid phosphatase; gonadorelin agonists; anti-androgens; methionine aminopeptidase inhibitors; bisphosphonates; biological response modifiers; antiproliferative antibodies; heparanase inhibitors; inhibitors of Ras oncogenic isoforms; telomerase inhibitors; proteasome inhibitors; compounds used in the treatment of hematologic malignancies; compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of Fit-3; Hsp90 inhibitors; kinesin spindle protein inhibitors; MEK inhibitors; leucovorin; EDG binders; antileukemia compounds; ribonucleotide reductase inhibitors; S-adenosylmethionine decarboxylase inhibitors; anglostatic steroids; corticosteroids; other chemotherapeutic compounds (as defined below); photosensitizing compounds.
  • Further, alternatively or in addition combination products according to the invention may be used in combination with other tumor treatment approaches, including surgery, ionizing radiation, photodynamic therapy, implants, e.g. with corticosteroids, hormones, or they may be used as radiosensitizers.
  • The term “aromatase inhibitor” as used herein relates to a compound which Inhibits the estrogen production, i.e. the conversion of the substrates androstenedione and testosterone to estrone and estradiol, respectively. The term includes, but is not limited to steroids, especially atamestane, exemestane and formestane and, in particular, non-steroids, especially aminoglutethimide, roglethimide, pyridoglutethimide, trilostane, testolactone, ketokonazole, vorozole, fadrozole, anastrozole and letrozole.
  • The term “antiestrogen” as used herein relates to a compound which antagonizes the effect of estrogens at the estrogen receptor level. The term includes, but is not limited to tamoxifen, fulvestrant, raloxifene and raloxifene hydrochloride.
  • The term “anti-androgen” as used herein relates to any substance which is capable of inhibiting the biological effects of androgenic hormones and includes, but is not limited to, bicalutamide (CASODEX), which can be formulated, e.g. as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,636,505.
  • The term “gonadorelin agonist” as used herein includes, but is not limited to abarelix, goserelin and goserelin acetate. The term “topoisomerase I inhibitor” as used herein Includes, but is not limited to topotecan, gimatecan, irinotecan, camptothecian and its analogues, 9-nitrocamptothecin and the macromolecular camptothecin conjugate PNU-166148 (compound A1 in WO099/17804).
  • The term “topoisomerase II Inhibitor” as used herein includes, but is not limited to the anthracyclines such as doxorubicin (including liposomal formulation, e.g. CAELYX), daunorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin and nemorubicin, the anthraquinones mitoxantrone and losoxantrone, and the podophillotoxines etoposide and teniposide.
  • The term “microtubule active compound” relates to microtubule stabilizing, microtubule destabilizing compounds and microtublin polymerization inhibitors including, but not limited to taxanes, e.g. paditaxel and docetaxel, vinca alkaloids, e.g., vinblastine, especially vinblastine sulfate, vincristine especially vincristine sulfate, and vinorelbine, discodermolides, cochicine and epothilones and derivatives thereof, e.g. epothilone B or D or derivatives thereof.
  • The term “alkylating compound” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan or nitrosourea (BCNU or Gliadel).
  • The term “histone deacetylase inhibitors” or “HDAC inhibitors” relates to compounds which inhibit the histone deacetylase and which possess antiproliferative activity. This includes compounds disclosed in WO 02/22577, especially N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[(2-hydroxyethyl)[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide, N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. It further especially Includes Suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA). Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit activity of histone deacetylase (HDAC) Inhibitors such as sodium butyrate and suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA) inhibit the activity of the enzymes known as histone deacetylases. Specific HDAC inhibitors include MS275, SAHA. FK228 (formerly FR901228), Trichostatin A and compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,552,065, in particular, N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethyl]-amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and N-hydroxy-3-[4-[(2-hydroxyethyl)[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially the lactate salt.
  • The term “antineoplastic antimetabolite” includes, but is not limited to, 5-Fluorouracil or 5-FU, capecitabine, gemcitabine, DNA demethylating compounds, such as 5-azacytidine and decitabine, methotrexate and edatrexate, and folic acid antagonists such as pemetrexed.
  • The term “platin compound” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, carboplatin, cis-platin, cisplatinum and oxaliplatin.
  • The term “compounds targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase activity”; or a “protein or lipid phosphatase activity”; or “further anti-angiogenic compounds” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, c-Met tyrosine kinase and/or serine and/or threonine kinase inhibitors or lipid kinase inhibitors, e.g.,
  • a) compounds targeting, decreasing or Inhibiting the activity of the platelet-derived growth factor-receptors (PDGFR), such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of PDGFR, especially compounds which inhibit the PDGF receptor, e.g. a N-phenyl-2-pyrimidine-amine derivative, e.g. imatinib, SU101, SU6668 and GFB-111;
  • b) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the insulin-like growth factor receptor I (IGF-IR), such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of IGF-IR, especially compounds which inhibit the kinase activity of IGF-I receptor, such as those compounds disclosed in WO 02/092599, or antibodies that target the extracellular domain of IGF-I receptor or its growth factors;
  • c) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Trk receptor tyrosine kinase family, or ephrin kinase family inhibitors;
  • d) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Axl receptor tyrosine kinase family;
  • e) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Ret receptor tyrosine kinase;
  • f) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Kit/SCFR receptor tyrosine kinase, e.g. imatinib;
  • g) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the C-kit receptor tyrosine kinases—(part of the PDGFR family), such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the c-Kit receptor tyrosine kinase family, especially compounds which inhibit the c-Kit receptor, e.g. imatinib;
  • h) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of members of the o-Abl family, their gene-fusion products (e.g. BCR-Abl kinase) and mutants, such as compounds which target decrease or inhibit the activity of c-Abl family members and their gene fusion products, e.g. a N-phenyl-2-pyrimidine-amine derivative, e.g. imatinib or nilotinib (AMN107); PD180970; AG957; NSC 680410; PD173955 from ParkeDavis; or dasatinib (BMS-354825)
  • i) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of members of the protein kinase C (PKC) and Raf family of serine/threonine kinases, members of the MEK, SRC, JAK, FAK, PDK1, PKB/Akt, and Ras/MAPK family members, and/or members of the cyclin-dependent kinase family (CDK) and are especially those staurosporine derivatives disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,330, e.g. midostaurin; examples of further compounds include e.g. UCN-01, safingol, BAY 43-9006, Bryostatin 1, Perifosine; limofosine; RO 318220 and RO 320432; GO 6976; Isis 3521; LY333531/LY379196; isochinoline compounds such as those disclosed in WO 00/09495; FTIs; PD184352 or QAN697 (a P13K inhibitor) or AT7519 (CDK inhibitor);
  • j) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of protein-tyrosine kinase inhibitors, such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of protein-tyrosine kinase inhibitors include imatinib mesylate (GLEEVEC) or tyrphostin. A tyrphostin is preferably a low molecular weight (Mr<1500) compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially a compound selected from the benzylidenemalonitrile class or the S-arylbenzenemalonirle or bi-substrate quinoline class of compounds, more especially any compound selected from the group consisting of Tyrphostin A23/RG-50810; AG 99; Tyrphostin AG 213; Tyrphostin AG 1748; Tyrphostin AG 490; Tyrphostin B44; Tyrphostin B44 (+) enantiomer Tyrphostin AG 555; AG 494; Tyrphostin AG 556, AG957 and adaphostin (4-{[(2,5-dihydroxyphenyl)methyl]amino)}-benzoic acid adamantyl ester; NSC 680410, adaphostin);
  • k) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the epidermal growth factor family of receptor tyrosine kinases (EGFR, ErbB2, ErbB3, ErbB4 as homo- or heterodimers) and their mutants, such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the epidermal growth factor receptor family are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit members of the EGF receptor tyrosine kinase family, e.g. EGF receptor, ErbB2, ErbB3 and ErbB4 or bind to EGF or EGF related ligands, and are in particular those compounds, proteins or monoclonal antibodies generically and specifically disclosed in WO 97/02266, e.g. the compound of ex. 39, or in EP 0 564 409, WO 99/03854, EP 0520722, EP 0 566 226, EP 0 787 722, EP 0 837 063, U.S. Pat. No. 5,747,498, WO 98/10767, WO 97/30034, WO 97/49688, WO 97/38983 and, especially, WO 96/30347 (e.g. compound known as CP 358774), WO 96/33980 (e.g. compound ZD 1839) and WO 95/03283 (e.g. compound ZM105180); e.g. trastuzumab (Herceptin™), cetuximab (Erbitux™), Iressa, Tarceva, OSI-774, CI-1033, EKB-569, GW-2016, E1.1, E2.4, E2.5, E6.2, E6.4, E2.11, E6.3 or E7.6.3, and 7H-pyrrolo-[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives which are disclosed in WO 03/013541; and
  • l) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the c-Met receptor, such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of c-Met, especially compounds which inhibit the kinase activity of c-Met receptor, or antibodies that target the extracellular domain of c-Met or bind to HGF;
  • m) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Ron receptor tyrosine kinase.
  • Further anti-angiogenic compounds include compounds having another mechanism for their activity, e.g. unrelated to protein or lipid kinase inhibition e.g. thalidomide (THALOMID) and TNP-470.
  • The term “Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein or lipid phosphatase” includes, but is not limited to inhibitors of phosphatase 1, phosphatase 2A, or CDC25, e.g. okadaic acid or a derivative thereof.
  • The term “Compounds which induce cell differentiation processes” includes, but is not limited to e.g. retinoic acid, α- γ- or δ-tocopherol or α- γ- or δ-tocotrienol.
  • The term “cyclooxygenase inhibitor” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, e.g. Cox-2 inhibitors, 5-alkyl substituted 2-arylaminophenylacetic acid and derivatives, such as celecoxib (CELEBREX), rofecoxib (VIOXX), etoricoxib, valdecoxib or a 5-alkyl-2-arylaminophenylacetic acid, e.g. 5-methyl-2-(2′-chloro-6′-fluoroanilino)phenyl acetic acid, lumiracoxib.
  • The term “bisphosphonates” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, etridonic, clodronic, tiludronic, pamidronic, alendronic, ibandronic, risedronic and zoledronic acid.
  • The term “mTOR inhibitors” relates to compounds which inhibit the mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) and which possess antiproliferative activity such as sirolimus (Rapamune®), everollmus (Certican™), CCI-779 and ABT578.
  • The term “heparanase inhibitor” as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit heparin sulfate degradation. The term includes, but is not limited to, PI-88.
  • The term “biological response modifier” as used herein refers to a lymphokine or interferons, e.g. interferon γ.
  • The term “inhibitor of Ras oncogenic isoforms”, e.g. H-Ras, K-Ras, or N-Ras, as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the oncogenic activity of Ras e.g. a “farnesyl transferase inhibitor” e.g. L-744832, DK8G557 or R115777 (Zamestra).
  • The term “telomerase inhibitor” as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or Inhibit the activity of telomerase. Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of telomerase are especially compounds which inhibit the telomerase receptor, e.g. telomestatin.
  • The term “methionine aminopeptidase inhibitor” as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase. Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase are e.g. bengamide or a derivative thereof.
  • The term “proteasome inhibitor” as used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome. Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome include e.g. Bortezomid (Velcade™) and MLN 341.
  • The term “matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor” or (“MMP” inhibitor) as used herein includes, but is not limited to, collagen peptidomimetic and nonpeptidomimetic inhibitors, tetracycline derivatives, e.g. hydroxamate peptidomimetic Inhibitor batimastat and its orally bioavailable analogue marimastat (BB-2516), prinomastat (AG3340), metastat (NSC 683551) BMS-279251, BAY 12-9566, TAA211, MMI270B or AAJ996.
  • The term “compounds used in the treatment of hematologic malignancies” as used herein Includes, but is not limited to, FMS-like tyrosine kinase inhibitors e.g. compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of FMS-like tyrosine kinase receptors (Flt-3R); interferon, 1-b-D-arabinofuransyicytosine (ara-c) and bisulfan; and ALK inhibitors e.g. compounds which target, decrease or inhibit anaplastic lymphoma kinase.
  • The term “Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of FMS-like tyrosine kinase receptors (Fit-3R)” are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit members of the Flt-3R receptor kinase family, e.g. PKC412, midostaurin, a staurosporine derivative, SU11248 and MLN518.
  • The term “HSP90 inhibitors” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90; degrading, targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the HSP90 client proteins via the ubiquitin proteosome pathway. Compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of HSP90 are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which inhibit the ATPase activity of HSP90 e.g., 17-allylamino, 17-demethoxygeldanamycin (17AAG, 17-DMAG), a geldanamycin derivative; other geldanamycin related compounds; radicicol and HDAC inhibitors; IPI-504, CNF1010, CNF2024, CNF1010 from Conforma Therapeutics; temozolomide, AUY922 from Novartis.
  • The term “antiproliferative antibodies” as used herein includes, but is not limited to erbitux, bevacizumab, rituximab, PRO64553 (anti-CD40) and 2C4 Antibody. By antibodies is meant e.g. intact monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies formed from at least 2 Intact antibodies, and antibodies fragments so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity.
  • The term “antileukemic compounds” includes, for example, Ara-C, a pyrimidine analog, which is the 2′-alpha-hydroxy ribose (arabinoside) derivative of deoxycytidine. Also included is the purine analog of hypoxanthine, 6-mercaptopurine (6-MP) and fludarabine phosphate. For the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia (AML), compounds of formula (I) can be used in combination with standard leukemia therapies, especially in combination with therapies used for the treatment of AML. In particular, compounds of formula (I) can be administered in combination with, e.g., farnesyl transferase Inhibitors and/or other drugs useful for the treatment of AML, such as Daunorubicin, Adriamycin, Ara-C, VP-16. Teniposide, Mitoxantrone, Idarubicin, Carboplatinum and PKC412.
  • “Somatostatin receptor antagonists” as used herein refers to compounds which target, treat or Inhibit the somatostatin receptor such as octreotide, and SOM230.
  • “Tumor cell damaging approaches” refer to approaches such as ionizing radiation. The term “ionizing radiation” referred to above and hereinafter means ionizing radiation that occurs as either electromagnetic rays (such as X-rays and gamma rays) or particles (such as alpha and beta particles). Ionizing radiation is provided in, but not limited to, radiation therapy and is known in the art. See Hellman. Principles of Radiation Therapy, Cancer, in Principles and Practice of Oncology, Devita et al., Eds., 4th Edition, Vol. 1, pp. 248-275 (1993).
  • The term “EDG binders” as used herein refers a class of Immunosuppressants that modulates lymphocyte recirculation, such as FTY720.
  • The term “kinesin spindle protein inhibitors” is known in the field and includes SB715992 or SB743921 from GlaxoSmithKline, pentamidine/chlorpromazine from CombinatoRx.
  • The term “MEK inhibitors” is known in the field and includes ARRY142886 from Array PioPharma, AZD6244 from AstraZeneca, PD181461 from Pfizer, leucovorin.
  • The term “ribonucleotide reductase Inhibitors” includes, but is not limited to pyrimidine or purline nucleoside analogs including, but not limited to, fludarabine and/or cytosine arabinoside (ara-C), 6-thioguanine, 5-fluorouracil, cladribine, 6-mercaptopurine (especially in combination with ara-C against ALL) and/or pentostatin. Ribonucleotide reductase inhibitors are especially hydroxyurea or 2-hydroxy-1H-isoindole-1,3-dione derivatives, such as PL-1, PL-2, PL-3, PL-4, PL-5, PL-6, PL-7 or PL-8 mentioned in Nandy et al., Acta Oncologica, Vol. 33, No. 8, pp. 953-961 (1994).
  • The term “S-adenosylmethionine decarboxylase inhibitors” as used herein includes, but is not limited to the compounds disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,461,076.
  • Also included are in particular those compounds, proteins or monoclonal antibodies of VEGF/VEGFR disclosed in WO 98/35958, e.g. 1-(4-chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, e.g. the succinate, or in WO 00/09495, WO 00/27820, WO 00/59509, WO 98/11223, WO 00/27819 and EP 0 769 947; those as described by Prewett et al., Cancer Res, Vol. 59, pp. 5209-5218 (1999); Yuan et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, Vol. 93, pp. 14765-14770 (1996); Zhu et al., Cancer Res, Vol. 58, pp. 3209-3214 (1998); and Mordenti et al., Toxicol Pathol, Vol. 27, No. 1, pp. 14-21 (1999); in WO 00/37502 and WO 94/10202; ANGIOSTATIN, described by O'Reilly et al., Cell, Vol. 79, pp. 315-328 (1994); ENDOSTATIN, described by O'Reilly et al., Cell, Vol. 88, pp. 277-285 (1997); anthranilic acid amides; ZD4190; ZD6474; SU5416; SU6668; bevacizumab; or anti-VEGF antibodies or anti-VEGF receptor antibodies, e.g. rhuMAb and RHUFab, VEGF aptamer e.g. Macugon; FLT-4 inhibitors, FLT-3 inhibitors, VEGFR-2 IgG1 antibody. Angiozyme (RPI 4610) and Bevacizumab.
  • “Photodynamic therapy” as used herein refers to therapy which uses certain chemicals known as photosensitizing compounds to treat or prevent cancers. Examples of photodynamic therapy includes treatment with compounds, such as e.g. VISUDYNE and porfimer sodium.
  • “Anglostatic steroids” as used herein refers to compounds which block or inhibit angiogenesis, such as, e.g., anecortave, triamcinolone, hydrocortisone, 11-α-epihydrocotisol, cortexolone, 17α-hydroxyprogesterone, corticosterone, desoxycorticosterone, testosterone, estrone and dexamethasone.
  • “Corticosteroids” as used herein includes, but is not limited to compounds, such as e.g. fluocinolone, dexamethasone; in particular in the form of implants.
  • Other chemotherapeutic compounds include, but are not limited to, plant alkaloids, hormonal compounds and antagonists; biological response modifiers, preferably lymphokines or interferons; antisense oligonucleotides or oligonucleotide derivatives; shRNA or siRNA; or miscellaneous compounds or compounds with other or unknown mechanism of action.
  • A combination product according to the invention may also be used in combination with or comprise one or more further drug substances selected from the group of anti-inflammatory drug substances; antihistamine drug substances; bronchodilatatory drug substances, NSAID; antagonists of chemokine receptors.
  • Suitable anti-inflammatory drugs include steroids, in particular glucocorticosteroids such as budesonide, beclamethasone dipropionate, fluticasone propionate, ciclesonide or mometasone furoate, or steroids described in WO 02/88167, WO 02/12266, WO 02/100879, WO 02/00679 (especially those of Examples 3, 11, 14, 17, 19, 26, 34, 37, 39, 51, 60, 67, 72, 73, 90, 99 and 101), WO 03/035668, WO 03/048181, WO 03/062259, WO 03/064445, WO 03/072592, nonsteroidal glucocorticoid receptor agonists such as those described in WO 00/00531, WO 02/10143, WO 03/082280, WO 03/082787, WO 03/104195, WO 04/005229;
  • LTB4 antagonists such LY293111, CGS025019C, CP-195543, SC-53228, BIIL 284, ONO 4057, SB 209247 and those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,451,700; LTD4 antagonists such as montelukast and zafirlukast; PDE4 inhibitors such as cilomilast, Roflumilast (Byk Gulden), V-11294A (Napp), BAY19-8004 (Bayer), SCH-351591 (Schering-Plough), Arofylline (Almirall Prodesfarma), PD189659/PD168787 (Parke-Davis), AWD-12-281 (Asta Medica), CDC-801 (Celgene), SelCID™ CC-10004 (Celgene), VM554/UM565 (Vemalils), T-440 (Tanabe), KW-4490 (Kyowa Hakko Kogyo), and those disclosed in WO 92/19594, WO 93/19749, WO 93/19750, WO 93/19751, WO 98/18796, WO 99/16766, WO 01/13953, WO 03/104204, WO 03/104205, WO 03/39544, WO 04/000814, WO 04/000839, WO 04/005258, WO 04/018450, WO 04/018451, WO 04/018457, WO 04/018465, WO 04/018431, WO 04/018449, WO 04/018450, WO 04/018451. WO 04/018457, WO 04/018465, WO 04/019944, WO 04/019945, WO 04/045607 and WO 04/037805; A2a agonists such as those disclosed in EP 409595A2, EP 1052264, EP 1241176, WO 94/17090, WO 96/02543, WO 96/02553, WO 98/28319, WO 99/24449, WO 99/24450, WO 99/24451, WO 99/38877, WO 99/41267, WO 99/67263, WO 99/67264, WO 99/67265, WO 99/67266, WO 00/23457, WO 00/77018, WO 00/78774, WO 01/23399, WO 01/27130, WO 01/27131, WO 01/60835, WO 01/94368, WO 02/00676, WO 02/22630, WO 02/96462, WO 03/086408, WO 04/039762, WO 04/039766, WO 04/045618 and WO 04/046083; A2b antagonists such as those described in WO 02/42298; and beta-2 adrenoceptor agonists such as albuterol (salbutamol), metaproterenol, terbutaline, salmeterol fenoterol, procaterol, and especially, formoterol and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and compounds (in free or salt or solvate form) of formula I of WO 0075114, which document is incorporated herein by reference, preferably compounds of the Examples thereof, especially a compound of formula
  • Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00038
  • and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, as well as compounds (in free or salt or solvate form) of formula I of WO 04/16601, and also compounds of WO 04/033412.
  • Suitable bronchodilatory drugs Include anticholinergic or antimuscarinic compounds, in particular ipratropium bromide, oxitropium bromide, tiotropium salts and CHF 4226 (Chiesi), and glycopyrrolate, but also those described in WO 01/04118, WO 02/51841, WO 02/53564, WO 03/00840, WO 03/87094, WO 04/05285, WO 02/00652, WO 03/53966, EP 424021, U.S. Pat. No. 5,171,744, U.S. Pat. No. 3,714,357, WO 03/33495 and WO 04/018422.
  • Suitable chemokine receptors include, e.g. CCR-1, CCR-2, CCR-3, CCR-4, CCR-5, CCR-6, CCR-7, CCR-8, CCR-9 and CCR10, CXCR1, CXCR2, CXCR3, CXCR4, CXCR5, particularly CCR-5 antagonists such as Schering-Plough antagonists SC-351125, SCH-55700 and SCH-D, Takeda antagonists such as N-[[4-[[[6,7-dihydro-2-(4-methylphenyl)-5H-benzo-cyclohepten-8-yl]carbonyl]amino]phenyl]-methyl]tetrahydro-N,N-dimethyl-2H-pyran-4-aminium chloride (TAK770), and CCR-5 antagonists described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,166,037 (particularly claims 18 and 19), WO 00/66558 (particularly claim 8), WO 00/66559 (particularly claim 9), WO 04/018425 and WO 04/026873.
  • Suitable antihistamine drug substances include cetirizine hydrochloride, acetaminophen, clemastine fumarate, promethazine, loratidine, desloratidine, diphenhydramine and fexofenadine hydrochloride, activastine, astemizole, azelastine, ebastine, epinastine, mizolastine and tefenadine as well as those disclosed in WO 03/099807, WO 04/026841 and JP 2004107299.
  • The structure of the active agents identified by code nos., generic or trade names may be taken from the actual edition of the standard compendium “The Merck Index” or from databases, e.g. Patents International (e.g. IMS World Publications). The corresponding content thereof is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • The term “pharmaceutically effective” preferably relates to an amount that is therapeutically or in a broader sense also prophylactically effective against the progression of a disease or disorder as disclosed herein.
  • The term “a commercial package” as used herein defines especially a “kit of parts” in the sense that the components (a) MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (b) FGFR tyrosine kinase Inhibitor as defined above and below, and optionally further co-agents, can be dosed independently or by use of different fixed combinations with distinguished amounts of the components (a) and (b), i.e., simultaneously or at different time points. Moreover, these terms comprise a commercial package comprising (especially combining) as active ingredients components (a) and (b), together with Instructions for simultaneous, sequential (chronically staggered, in time-specific sequence, preferentially) or (less preferably) separate use thereof in the delay of progression or treatment of a proliferative disease. The parts of the kit of parts can then, e.g., be administered simultaneously or chronologically staggered, that is at different time points and with equal or different time intervals for any part of the kit of parts. Very preferably, the time intervals are chosen such that the effect on the treated disease in the combined use of the parts is larger than the effect which would be obtained by use of only any one of the combination partners (a) and (b) (as can be determined according to standard methods. The ratio of the total amounts of the combination partner (a) to the combination partner (b) to be administered in the combined preparation can be varied, e.g., In order to cope with the needs of a patient sub-population to be treated or the needs of the single patient which different needs can be due to the particular disease, age, sex, body weight, etc. of the patients. Preferably, there is at least one beneficial effect, e.g., a mutual enhancing of the effect of the combination partners (a) and (b), in particular a more than additive effect, which hence could be achieved with lower doses of each of the combined drugs, respectively, than tolerable in the case of treatment with the Individual drugs only without combination, producing additional advantageous effects, e.g., less side effects or a combined therapeutic effect in a non-effective dosage of one or both of the combination partners (components) (a) and (b), and very preferably a strong synergism of the combination partners (a) and (b).
  • Both in the case of the use of the combination of components (a) and (b) and of the commercial package, any combination of simultaneous, sequential and separate use is also possible, meaning that the components (a) and (b) may be administered at one time point simultaneously, followed by administration of only one component with lower host toxicity either chronically, e.g., more than 3-4 weeks of daily dosing, at a later time point and subsequently the other component or the combination of both components at a still later time point (in subsequent drug combination treatment courses for an optimal effect) or the like.
  • The combination products according to the present invention are appropriate for the treatment of various diseases that are mediated by, especially depend on, the activity of EGFR and/or MET tyrosine kinase, respectively. They can thus be used in the treatment of any of the diseases that can be treated by EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors and MET tyrosine kinase inhibitors.
  • The term “FGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease” refers especially to a disease in which activity of one or both kinases leads to abnormal activity of the regulatory pathways including one of both kinases, especially where one or both of the kinases is overactive, e.g. due to overexpression, mutation or relative lack of activity of other regulatory pathways in the cell, e.g. where there is amplification, constitutive activation and/or overactivation of preceding or subsequent regulatory elements.
  • EGFR inhibitors are e.g. useful in the treatment of one or more of the diseases which respond to an Inhibition of EGFR activity, especially a neoplastic or tumor disease, especially solid tumor, more especially those cancers in which EGFR kinases are implicated including breast cancer, gastric cancer, lung cancer, cancer of the prostate, bladder cancer and endometrial cancer. Further cancers include cancer of the kidney, liver, adrenal glands, stomach, ovaries, colon, rectum, pancreas, vagina or thyroid, sarcoma, glioblastomas and numerous tumours of the neck and head, as well as leukemias and multiple myeloma. Especially preferred are cancers of breast or ovary; lung cancer, e.g. NSCLC or SCLC; head and neck, renal, colorectal, pancreas, bladder, gastric or prostate cancer; or glioma; in particular, glioma or colon, rectum or colorectal cancer or more particularly lung cancer are to be mentioned. Also diseases dependent on ligands of EGFR, such as EGF; TGF-α; HB-EGF; amphiregulin; epiregulin; betacellulin, are included.
  • MET inhibitors are e.g. useful in the treatment of MET related diseases, especially cancers that display evidence for simultaneous activation of MET and FGFR, including gene amplification, activating mutations, expression of cognate RTK ligands, phosphorylation of RTKs at residues Indicative of activation, e.g. where the cancer is selected from the group consisting of brain cancer, stomach cancer, genital cancer, urinary cancer, prostate cancer, (urinary) bladder cancer (superficial and muscle invasive), breast cancer, cervical cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, glioma (including glioblastoma, anaplastic astrocytoma, oligoastrocytoma, oligodendroglioma), esophageal cancer, gastric cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, liver cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) including childhood HCC, head and neck cancer (including head and neck squamous-cell carcinoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma), Hurthle cell carcinoma, epithelial cancer, skin cancer, melanoma (including malignant melanoma), mesothelioma, lymphoma, myeloma (including multiple myeloma), leukemias, lung cancer (including non-small cell lung cancer (including all histological subtypes: adenocarcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, bronchoalveolar carcinoma, large-cell carcinoma, and adenosquamous mixed type), small-cell lung cancer), ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, kidney cancer (including but not limited to papillary renal cell carcinoma), intestine cancer, renal cell cancer (including hereditary and sporadic papillary renal cell cancer, Type I and Type II, and clear cell renal cell cancer); sarcomas, in particular osteosarcomas, clear cell sarcomas, and soft tissue sarcomas (Including alveolar and (e.g. embryonal) rhabdomyosarcomas, alveolar soft part sarcomas); thyroid carcinoma (papillary and other subtypes).
  • MET inhibitors are e.g. also useful in the treatment of cancer wherein the cancer is stomach, colon, liver, genital, urinary, melanoma, or prostate. In a particular embodiment, the cancer is liver or esophageal.
  • MET inhibitors are e.g. also useful in the treatment of colon cancer, including metastases, e.g. in the liver, and of non-small-cell lung carcinoma.
  • MET inhibitors are e.g. also may be used in the treatment of hereditary papillary renal carcinoma (Schmidt, L. et al. Nat. Genet. 16, 68-73, 1997) and other proliferative diseases in which c-MET is overexpressed or constitutively activated by mutations (Jeffers and Vande Woude. Oncogene 18, 5120-5125, 1999; and reference cited therein) or chromosomal rearrangements (e.g. TPR-MET; Cooper et al. Nature 311, 29-33, 1984; Park. et al. Cell 45, 895-904, 1986).
  • MET inhibitors are e.g. further useful in the treatment of additional cancers and conditions as provided herein or known in the art.
  • MET Inhibitors are e.g. also suitable for the treatment of one or more Inflammatory conditions.
  • In a further embodiment, the inflammatory condition is due to an infection. In one embodiment, the method of treatment would be to block pathogen infection. In a particular embodiment, the infection is a bacterial infection, e.g., a Listera Infection. See, e.g., Shen et at. Cell 103: 501-10, (2000) whereby a bacterial surface protein activates c-Met kinase through binding to the extracellular domain of the receptor, thereby mimicking the effect of the cognate ligand HGF/SF.
  • The combination product of the present invention is especially appropriate for treatment of any of the cancers mentioned above amenable to EGFR or Met inhibitor treatment, especially a cancer selected from adenocardinoma (especially of the breast or more especially of the lung), rhabdomyosarcoma, osteosarcoma, urinary bladder carcinoma, colorectal cancer and glioma.
  • The term “a therapeutically effective amount” of a compound of the present invention refers to an amount of the compound of the present invention that will elicit the biological or medical response of a subject, for example, reduction or inhibition of an enzyme or a protein activity, or ameliorate symptoms, alleviate conditions, slow or delay disease progression, or prevent a disease, etc. In one non-limiting embodiment, the term “a therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of the compound of the present invention that, when administered to a subject, is effective to (1) at least partially alleviating, inhibiting, preventing and/or ameliorating a condition, or a disorder or a disease (i) mediated by cMet (MET) and/or mediated by EGFR activity, or (ii) characterized by activity (normal or abnormal) of cMet and/or of EGFR; or (2) reducing or inhibiting the activity of cMet and/or of EGFR; or (3) reducing or inhibiting the expression of cMet and/or EGFR. In another non-limiting embodiment, the term “a therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of the compound of the present invention that, when administered to a cell, or a tissue, or a non-cellular biological material, or a medium, is effective to at least partially reducing or inhibiting the activity of cMet and/or EGFR; or at least partially reducing or Inhibiting the expression of MET and/or EGFR.
  • As used herein, the term “subject” refers to an animal. Typically the animal is a mammal. A subject also refers to for example, primates (e.g., humans), cows, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats, rabbits, rats, mice, fish, birds and the like. In certain embodiments, the subject is a primate. In yet other embodiments, the subject is a human.
  • “And/or” means that each one or both or all of the components or features of a list are possible variants, especially two or more thereof in an alternative or cumulative way.
  • As used herein, the term “Inhibit”, “inhibition” or “inhibiting” refers to the reduction or suppression of a given condition, symptom, or disorder, or disease, or a significant decrease in the baseline activity of a biological activity or process.
  • As used herein, the term “treat”, “treating” or “treatment” of any disease or disorder refers in one embodiment, to ameliorating the disease or disorder (i.e., slowing or arresting or reducing the development of the disease or at least one of the clinical symptoms thereof). In another embodiment “treat”, “treating” or “treatment” refers to alleviating or ameliorating at least one physical parameter including those which may not be discernible by the patient. In yet another embodiment, “treat”, “treating” or “treatment” refers to modulating the disease or disorder, either physically, (e.g., stabilization of a discernible symptom), physiologically, (e.g., stabilization of a physical parameter), or both. In yet another embodiment, “treat”, “treating” or “treatment” refers to preventing or delaying the onset or development or progression of the disease or disorder.
  • The term “treatment” comprises, for example, the prophylactic or especially therapeutic administration of the combination partners to a warm-blooded animal, preferably to a human being, in need of such treatment with the aim to cure the disease or to have an effect on disease regression or on the delay of progression of a disease.
  • As used herein, a subject is “in need of” a treatment if such subject would benefit biologically, medically or in quality of life from such treatment.
  • As used herein, the term “a,” “an,” “the” and similar terms used in the context of the present invention (especially in the context of the claims) are to be construed to cover both the singular and plural unless otherwise indicated herein or clearly contradicted by the context.
  • The combinations according to the Invention can be prepared in a manner known per se and are those suitable for enteral, such as oral or rectal, and parenteral administration to mammals (warm-blooded animals), including man, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one pharmacologically active combination partner alone or in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, especially suitable for enteral or parenteral application. In one embodiment of the invention, one or more of the active ingredients are administered orally.
  • As used herein, the term “carrier” or “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” Includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, surfactants, antioxidants, preservatives (e.g., antibacterial agents, antifungal agents), isotonic agents, absorption delaying agents, salts, preservatives, drugs, drug stabilizers, binders, excipients, disintegration agents, lubricants, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, dyes, and the like and combinations thereof, as would be known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed. Mack Printing Company, 1990, pp. 1289-1329). Except Insofar as any conventional carrier is incompatible with the active ingredient, its use in the therapeutic or pharmaceutical compositions is contemplated.
  • The pharmaceutical combination product according to the invention (as fixed combination, or as kit, e.g. as combination of a fixed combination and Individual formulations for one or both combination partners or as kit of individual formulations of the combination partners) comprises the combination partners (at least one MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor, at least one EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor, and optionally one or more further co-agents) of the present invention and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carrier materials (carriers, excipients). The combination products or the combination partners constituting it can be formulated for particular routes of administration such as oral administration, parenteral administration, and rectal administration, etc. In addition, the combination products of the present invention can be made up in a solid form (including without limitation capsules, tablets, pills, granules, powders or suppositories), or in a liquid form (including without limitation solutions, suspensions or emulsions). The combination products and/or their combination partners can be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or can contain conventional inert diluents, lubricating agents, or buffering agents, as well as adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers and buffers, etc.
  • In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are tablets or gelatin capsules comprising the active ingredient together with one or more commonly known carriers, e.g. one or more carriers selected from the group consisting of
      • a) diluents, e.g., lactose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose and/or glycine;
      • b) lubricants, e.g., silica, talcum, stearic acid, its magnesium or calcium salt and/or polyethyleneglycol; for tablets also
      • c) binders, e.g., magnesium aluminum silicate, starch paste, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone; if desired
      • d) disintegrants, e.g., starches, agar, alginic acid or its sodium salt, or effervescent mixtures; and
      • e) absorbents, colorants, flavors and sweeteners.
  • Tablets may be either film coated or enteric coated according to methods known in the art.
  • Suitable compositions for oral administration especially include an effective amount of one or more or in case of fixed combination formulations each of the combination partners (active ingredients) in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsion, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended for oral use are prepared according to any method known in the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions can contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents in order to provide pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparations. Tablets may contain the active ingredient(s) in admixture with nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. These excipients are, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, for example, corn starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, for example, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, for example magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. The tablets are uncoated or coated by known techniques to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate can be employed. Formulations for oral use can be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • Certain injectable compositions (especially useful e.g. where antibodies are used as EGFR Inhibitors) are aqueous Isotonic solutions or suspensions, and suppositories are advantageously prepared from fatty emulsions or suspensions. Said compositions may be sterilized and/or contain adjuvants, such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting or emulsifying agents, solution promoters, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers. In addition, they may also contain other therapeutically valuable substances. Said compositions are prepared according to conventional mixing, granulating or coating methods, respectively, and contain about 0.1-75%, or contain about 1-50%, of the active Ingredient.
  • Suitable compositions for transdermal application include an effective amount of one or more active ingredients with a suitable carrier. Carriers suitable for transdermal delivery include absorbable pharmacologically acceptable solvents to assist passage through the skin of the host. For example, transdermal devices are in the form of a bandage comprising a backing member, a reservoir containing the compound optionally with carriers, optionally a rate controlling barrier to deliver the compound of the skin of the host at a controlled and predetermined rate over a prolonged period of time, and means to secure the device to the skin.
  • Suitable compositions for topical application, e.g., to the skin and eyes, include aqueous solutions, suspensions, ointments, creams, gels or sprayable formulations, e.g., for delivery by aerosol or the like. Such topical delivery systems will in particular be appropriate for dermal application, e.g., for the treatment of skin cancer, e.g., for prophylactic use in sun creams, lotions, sprays and the like. They are thus particularly suited for use in topical, including cosmetic, formulations well-known in the art Such may contain solubilizers, stabilizers, tonicity enhancing agents, buffers and preservatives.
  • As used herein a topical application may also pertain to an inhalation or to an intranasal application. They may be conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder (either alone, as a mixture, for example a dry blend with lactose, or a mixed component particle, for example with phospholipids) from a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurised container, pump, spray, atomizer or nebuliser, with or without the use of a suitable propellant.
  • The invention relates also to a kit of parts or a fixed pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount, especially an amount effective in the treatment of one of the above-mentioned diseases of at least one MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor, at least one EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, respectively, and optionally of at least one further co-agent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that are suitable for topical, enteral, for example oral or rectal, or parenteral administration and that may be inorganic or organic, solid or liquid.
  • In all formulations, the active ingredient(s) forming part of a combination product according to the present invention can be present each in a relative amount of 0.5 to 95% of weight of the corresponding formulation (regarding the formulation as such, that is without packaging and leaflet), e.g. from 1 to 90, 5 to 95, 10 to 98 or 10 to 60 or 40 to 80% by weight, respectively.
  • The dosage of the active ingredient to be applied to a warm-blooded animal depends upon a variety of factors including type, species, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severity of the condition to be treated; the route of administration; the renal and hepatic function of the patient; and the particular compound employed. A physician, clinician or veterinarian of ordinary skill can readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the drug required to prevent, counter or arrest the progress of the condition. Optimal precision in achieving concentration of drug within the range that yields efficacy without toxicity requires a regimen based on the kinetics of the drug's availability to target sites. This involves a consideration of the distribution, equilibrium, and elimination of a drug. The dose of each of the combination partners or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to be administered to warm-blooded animals, for example humans of approximately 70 kg body weight, is preferably from approximately 3 mg to approximately 5 g, more preferably from approximately 10 mg to approximately 1.5 g per person per day, e.g. divided preferably into 1 to 3 single doses, e.g. for use once or twice daily, which may, for example, be of the same size. Usually, children receive half of the adult dose.
  • The pharmaceutical combination product of the present invention can e.g. be in unit dosage of about 1-1000 mg of active ingredient(s) for a subject of about 50-70 kg, or about 1-500 mg or about 1-250 mg or about 1-150 mg or about 0.5-100 mg, or about 1-50 mg of for any one or in particular the sum of active ingredients; or (especially for the EGFR Inhibitor) 50 to 900, 60 to 850, 75 to 800 or 100 to 600 mg, respectively, for any one or in particular the sum of active ingredients. The therapeutically effective dosage of a compound, the pharmaceutical composition, or the combinations thereof, is dependent on the species of the subject, the body weight, age and individual condition, the disorder or disease or the severity thereof being treated. A physician, clinician or (in animal use) veterinarian of ordinary skill can readily determine the effective amount of each of the active ingredients necessary to prevent, treat or inhibit the progress of the disorder or disease.
  • Specific embodiments of the invention are also given in the claims which are incorporated here by reference, as well as in the Examples.
    • DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 1: Graphic representation of the in vitro effect of a combination of the MET inhibitor 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and the EGFR inhibitor gefitinib which overcomes resistance to single agent gefitinib in HCC827 GR lung cancer cells; round spots: gefitinib; squares: 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide; triangles: gefitinib and 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide combination.
  • FIG. 2: Graphic representation of the in vitro effect of exogenous HGF (hepatocyte growth factor) which renders HCC827 cells resistant to gefitinib.
  • FIG. 3: Graphic representation of the first combination experiment of the MET Inhibitor 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and the EGFR inhibitor gefitinib in mice (in vivo) given in the Examples. Female athymic mice bearing HCC827GR5 subcutaneous xenografts were treated with 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, gefitinib, a combination of both agents or vehicle control at the indicated doses and schedules. Treatments started 11 days post tumor cells implantation and lasted 13 consecutive days. Statistics on Δ tumor volumes and A body weights were performed with a one-way ANOVA, post hoc Dunnett's (*p<0.05 vs. vehicle controls) to compare treatment groups against the vehicle control group, and a one-way ANOVA, post hoc Tukey's fort pair-wise comparisons (*p<0.05 between linked groups). Left side: Tumor volumes over time. Right graph: Body weights over time.
  • FIG. 4: Graphic representation of the second combination experiment of the MET Inhibitor 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and the EGFR Inhibitor gefitinib in mice (In vivo) given in the Examples. Female athymic mice bearing HCC827GR5 subcutaneous xenografts were treated with 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-ylmethyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, gefitinib, a combination of both agents or vehicle control at the indicated doses and schedules. Treatments started 11 days post tumor cells implantation and lasted 13 consecutive days. Statistics on Δ tumor volumes and A body weights were performed with a one-way ANOVA, post hoc Dunnetts (*p<0.05 vs. vehicle controls) to compare groups versus vehicle, and a one-way ANOVA, post hoc Tukey's fort pair-wise comparisons (*p<0.05 between linked groups).
  • FIG. 5: Graphic representation of the change of tumor volumes over time after treatment discontinuation in mice (in vivo) as described in more detail in the Examples. Female athymic mice bearing HCC827GR5 subcutaneous xenografts were treated with 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, gefitinib, a combination of both agents or vehicle control at the indicated doses and schedules. Treatments started 11 days post tumor cells Implantation and lasted 13 consecutive days. At the end of the second efficacy experiment (day 24 post cell injection), the groups treated with 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and the combination group were split into two groups of four animals each. Four animals were kept under observation, without any treatment (left panel) while the two other groups of 4 animals each were kept under daily treatment as before (right panel). Tumor volumes and body weights were recorded only once a week. Horizontal lines are set at 100 and 500 mm3 tumor volumes.
    •  EXAMPLES
  • The following Examples illustrate the invention and provide specific embodiments, however without limiting the scope of the invention.
    • Abbreviations of Companies and Cell Depositories
  • ATCC=American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va., USA
  • Amimed=trademark of BioConcept, Allschwil, Switzerland
  • Applied Biosystems=Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif., USA
  • Gibco=belonging to Life Technologies Corporation, Grand Island, N.Y., USA
  • Pepro Tech=PeproTech, Rocky Hill, N.J., USA
  • Qulagen=Qulagen A G, Hilden, Germany
  • TPP=Techno Plastic Products AG, Trasadingen, Switzerland
    • Other Abbreviations
  • DMSO=dimethyl sulfoxide
    • Example 1: In-Vitro Combination of the MET Inhibitor 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and the EGFR Inhibitor Gefitinib in a Lung Cancer Model
  • In order to confirm the rationale of combined treatment, a combination of the title compounds was tested in the lung cancer cell line HCC827 and its gefinitib-resistant derivative, HCC827 GR. It could be shown that the combination of the MET inhibitor and the EGFR inhibitor was more effective as follows:
  • Methods:
  • HCC827 GR (gefitinib resistant) were obtained from Dr. Pasi A. Jänne (Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Boston, Mass., USA), see also J. A. Engelman et al., Science 316, 1039 ff (2007). Cell line identity has been confirmed by SNP genotyping. Parental HCC827 cells are commercially available from ATCC (ATCC Number CRL-2868). All two NSCLC lines were grown in RPMI 1640 medium (Amimed, catalogue number 1-41F01-I) supplemented with 10% heat Inactivated FCS, (Amimed, catalogue number 2-01F16-I), 2 mM L-glutamine (Amimed, catalogue number 5-10K00-H), 1 mM sodium pyruvate (Amimed, catalogue number 5-60F00-H) and 10 mM HEPES (Gibco, catalogue number 15630). Cells were incubated at 37° C. in a humidified atmosphere with 5% CO2. DNA was extracted with a DNeasy Blood and Tissue Kit (QIAGEN, Inc).
  • The MET Inhibitor and gefitinib 10 mM stock solutions were prepared in DMSO and stored at −20° C.
  • Proliferation Assays
  • Cells were seeded at 3000 per well in 96-well-plates (TPP, flat bottom, tissue culture-treated, product #92096). 24 h later, a 10-point dilution series of each compound was prepared in DMSO. For gefitinib: 3-fold steps, ranging from 10 mM to 0.5 μM; for 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide: 3-fold steps, ranging from 1 μM to 0.05 μM. Compounds were then diluted 1000-fold in growth medium in two steps and added to cells in triplicates, resulting in a final volume of 100 μL per well and maximal final compound concentrations of 10 μM for gefitinib and 1 μM for 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide. A DMSO-only control was Included. For combination treatment, the gefitinib and 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide dilution series were added to cells simultaneously, i.e. compounds were mixed at a constant ratio of 10:1. Recombinant human HGF (PeproTech, catalogue number 100-39) was added together with compounds at a constant concentration as indicated in the respective experiments. Cells were incubated for 72 to 96 h and the amount of viable cells was then assessed using a resazurin sodium salt dye reduction readout (commercially known as AlamarBlue® assay, Invitrogen, Life Technologies Corporation, Grand Island, N.Y., USA). Values were normalized and plotted as either “% of control” with the DMSO control set to 100%, or as “fold seeded cells”. In this case a resazurin readout of separate wells with untreated cells was obtained 24 h after seeding in order to determine a “seeded cells” value for normalization. Plotting of the data and curve-fitting were done with GraphPad Prism version 5.00 for Windows (GraphPad Software, Inc., La Jolla, Calif., USA).
  • Results:
  • FIG. 1 shows the results of the experiments. The HCC827 cells were, as expected, highly sensitive to gefinitib with an IC50 of 3 to 4 nM. 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide did not show any substantial effect on proliferation of the HCC827 cells or any contribution to the effect of the gefitinib/2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide combination. In clear contrast, HCC827 GR cells were fully resistant to gefitinib alone, and the effect of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-ylmethyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide monotherapy was modest. However, the combination of both agents inhibited proliferation as efficiently as gefinitib inhibited parental (not GR) cells, with an IC50 of around 4 nM gefitinib and 0.4 nM 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-ylmethyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide in a 10:1 mixture.
    • Example 2: Exogenous HGF as an Alternative Way of MET Activation Causes Resistance of HCC827 Cells to Gefitinib Experimental
  • HCC827 cells were treated with a dilution series of gefitinib in the presence or absence of 50 ng/ml recombinant HGF (PeproTech, catalogue number 100-39) Cell viability was measured after 96 hours using an AlamarBlue assay. The initial amount of cells was quantified at the time of compound addition (dashed line), and cell growth on the y axis is expressed as a multiple of this value.
  • Results:
  • Growth of HCC827 cells exposed to a serial dilution of gefitinib in the presence or absence of a fixed combination of recombinant hepatocyte growth factor (HGF) was examined. As shown in FIG. 2, for the gefitinib-sensitive lung cancer cell line HCC827 HGF-mediated MET activation could partially revert growth Inhibition caused by gefitinib, confirming the concept that MET activity can compensate for loss of EGFR activity in lung cancer models. Addition of MET inhibitor 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide would then be expected to revert the “rescue” of growth of the cells caused by HGF.
  • By quantitative Gene copy number analysis using qPCT (not shown) it was found that the average MET copy number in HCC827 GR and HCC827 cells were 7.50±0.18 and 1.92±0.36, respectively, thus confirming the concept that the acquired resistance of HCC827 GR to the EGFR inhibitor gefitinib is based on MET amplification.
    • Example 3: In-Vivo Combination of the MET Inhibitor 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and the EGFR Inhibitor Gefitinib in a Lung Cancer Model
  • 2-Fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide was tested against HCC827 GR5 subcutaneous xenografts, either alone or in combination with gefitinib. This tumor model harbors an activating EGFR mutation as well as amplification of the MET gene.
  • Experiments were conducted under approval by the Basel Cantonal Veterinary Office.
  • Experiments were performed in female Hsd: Athymic nude-nu CPB mice obtained from Harlan Winkelmann, Germany. Animally were approximately 11 weeks of age at treatment start and housed under Optimized Hygienic Conditions (OHC) in Macrolon type III cages (max. 5 animals per cage) with free access to food and water.
  • HCC827GR5 (see also J. A. Engelman et al., Science 1, 1039 ff (2007); gefitinib resistant lung tumor cells) were obtained from Dr. Pasi Jänne (Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Boston, Mass., USA). Cell line identity has been confirmed by SNP genotyping. Cells were grown in RPMI 1640 medium (Amimed #1-41F01-I) supplemented with 10% heat Inactivated FCS, (Amimed #2-01F16-I), 2 mM L-glutamine (Amimed #5-10K00-H), 1 mM sodium pyruvate (Amimed #5-60F00-H) and 10 mM HEPES (Gibco #15630). Selective pressure was maintained on the cells by keeping a 0.1 μM gefitinib concentration in the cell culture medium at all times. Cells were incubated at 37° C. in a humidified atmosphere with 5% CO2.
  • HCC827GR5 tumors were established by subcutaneous injection of 5×106 cells in 115 μl HBSS (Hank's buffered salt solution) containing 50% Matrigel (v/v) (gelatinous protein mixture secreted by Engelbreth-Holm-Swarm (EHS) mouse sarcoma cells, BD Biosciences, Franklin Lakes, N.J., USA) into the right flank of mice. with a 13 gauge trocar needle under Forene® (Isofluran; Abott, Switzerland) anesthesia. In the efficacy experiments, treatments started when the tumors reached an average size of 150 mm3, 11 days post tumor implantation. In the PK/PD experiment, treatments were started when the mean tumor size was 450 mm3, 15 days post tumor Implantation.
  • 2-Fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide was formulated in 0.25% methylcellulose and 0.05% Tween 80 in water, using a water bath sonicator (33 kHz, 1 hour). The application volumes were 10 ml/kg for the single agents and for the vehicle control group or 5 ml/kg when the test compounds were given in combination. All Indicated doses refer to free base equivalent of 2-Fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide (dihydrochloride salt). Gefitinib was formulated in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone:PEG300:Solutol HS15:water (10:30:20:40 v/v).
  • (Trademarks: Tween 80=Polysorbat 80 (ICI Americas, Inc., USA); Solutol HS15=Macrogol 15 Hydroxystearate (BASF, Ludwigshafen, Germany)).
  • Tumor volumes were measured with calipers and determined according to the formula length×diameter2×π/6. In addition to presenting changed of tumor volumes over the course of treatments, antitumor activity is expressed as T/C % ((mean change of tumor volume of treated animals/mean change of tumor volume of control animals)×100). Regressions (%) were calculated according to the formula ((mean tumor volume at end of treatment−mean tumor volume at start of treatment)/mean tumor volume at start of treatment)×100. Body weights and tumor volumes were recorded twice a week.
  • Statistics: Were applicable, data is presented as mean±SEM. For all tests, the level of significance was set at p<0.05. For tumor volumes, comparisons between treatment groups and vehicle control group were done using one-way ANOVA followed by Dunnett's test. Pairwise comparisons were done using a one way ANOVA followed by Tukey's test. The level of significance of body weight change within a group between the start and the end of the treatment period was determined using a paired t-test. Comparisons of delta body weighs between treatment and vehicle control groups were performed by a one-way ANOVA followed by a post hoc Dunnett's test. Calculations were performed using GraphPad Prism 4 for Windows (GraphPad Software Inc.). In addition, an approximation of drug Interactions was made using the method described by Clarke (Clarke R., Breast Cancer Research and Treatment 46, 255-278 (1997)). This was applied to delta tumor volumes and can estimate interactions from limited data. In short, the combination data was assessed using the method presented by Clarke which can estimate interactions from limited data. For compound A, B or the combination AB (with control group C), antagonism is predicted when the calculation AB/C>A/C×B/C, additive effect: AB/C=A/C×B/C, synergistic interactions are predicted to occur when AB/C<A/C×B/C.
  • In one experiment, see FIG. 3, female athymic nude mice were treated orally once a day with 3 mg/kg 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, alone or in combination with 25 mg/kg gefitinib. Vehicle controls consisted of animals receiving a daily oral administration of 0.25% methylcellulose and 0.05% Tween 80 in water. All administration volumes were 10 ml/kg except in the combination chemotherapy group, where each single agent was administered at 5 ml/kg. When administered as single agents, both 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and gefitinib produced a statistically significant antitumor effect (p<0.05, ANOVA), with 22.9% regressions and a T/C of 32.5%, respectively. When given in combination, 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and gefitinib produced statistically significant regressions of 87.3% (p<0.05, ANOVA). A post hoc Tukey'a analysis also showed that the antitumor effects produced by gefitinib administered as a single agent was statistically different from both 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide alone and in combination (p<0.05, ANOVA). In addition, 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide administered as a single agent did not produce a significant effect when compared to the combination (p>0.05, ANOVA, post hoc Tukey's). The body weight changes in all treatment groups were not significantly different from the vehicle control group (p>0.05, one way ANOVA, post hoc Dunnett's), and the body weight increase during the treatment period was significant only in the vehicle control group (p<0.05, paired t-test). Moreover, an analysis of possible compound interactions with the method described by Clarke (loc. cit.) Indicated a synergistic antitumor effect with the combination of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide (3 mg/kg) and gefitinib (25 mg/kg), see Table 1:
  • TABLE 1
    Evaluation of the antitumor effect of the combination of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-
    6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide (“MET inhibitor”) and gefitinib (“EGFR inhibitor”)
    by Clarke's method:
    B
    A (MET (EGFR AB A/C ×
    C inhibitor) inhibitor) (combination) A/C B/C B/C AB/C Difference Result
    Delta 532 −60.2 173.1 −228.4 −0.113 0.325 −0.037 −0.429 −0.39 Synergy
    tumor
    volume
  • The combination data was assessed using the method presented by Clarke which can estimate interactions from limited data. For compound A, B or the combination AB (with control groups C), antagonism is predicted when the calculation AB/C>A/C×B/C, additive effect: AB/C=A/C×B/C, synergistic interactions are predicted to occur when AB/C<A/C×B/C.
  • In a further experiment, see FIG. 4, female athymic nude mice were treated orally once a day with 3 mg/kg 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, alone or in combination with 25 mg/kg gefitinib. Vehicle controls consisted of animals receiving a daily oral administration of 0.25% methylcellulose and 0.05% Tween 80 in water. All administration volumes were 10 ml/kg except in the combination chemotherapy group, where each single agent was administered at 5 ml/kg. When administered as single agents, both 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and gefitinib produced a statistically significant antitumor effect (p<0.05, ANOVA), with 21.4% regressions and a T/C of 49.4%, respectively. When given in combination, 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and gefitinib produced statistically significant regressions of 86.4% (p<0.05, ANOVA). A post hoc Tukey's analysis showed that the antitumor effects produced by gefitinib administered as a single agent was statistically different from both 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide alone and in combination (p<0.05. ANOVA). In addition, 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide administered as a single agent did not produce a significant effect when compared to the combination (p>0.05, ANOVA, post hoc Tukey's). The body weight changes in all treatment groups were not significantly different from the vehicle control group (p>0.05, one way ANOVA, post hoc Dunnett's). The body weight increase was statistically significant in all groups excepted the combination group (p<0.05, paired t-test). See FIG. 4.
  • As in the previous study, an analysis of possible compound interactions with the method described by Clarke (Clarke 1997) indicated a synergistic antitumor effect with the combination of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide (3 mg/kg) and gefitinib (25 mg/kg), see Table 2:
  • TABLE 2
    Evaluation of the antitumor effect of the combination of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-
    quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide (“MET inhibitor”) and gefitinib (“EGFR
    inhibitor”) by Clarke's method:
    B
    A (MET (EGFR AB A/C ×
    C inhibitor) inhibitor) (combination) A/C B/C B/C AB/C Difference Result
    Delta 527.9 −55.7 261 −219.2 −0.106 0.494 −0.052 −0.415 −0.36 Synergy
    tumor
    volume
  • (explanation see under Table 1)
  • In a further experiment, female athymic mice bearing HCC827GR5 subcutaneous xenografts were treated with 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-1-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, gefitinib, a combination of both agents or vehicle control at the doses and schedules indicated in FIG. 5. Treatments started 11 days post tumor cells implantation and lasted 13 consecutive days. At the end of the second efficacy experiment (day 24 post cell injection), the groups treated with 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and the combination group were split into two groups of four animals each. Four animals were kept under observation, without any treatment (left panel) while the two other groups of 4 animals each were kept under daily treatment as before (right panel). Tumor volumes and body weights were recorded only once a week. Horizontal lines are set at 100 and 500 mm3 tumor volumes, respectively. The tumors in the animals previously treated with 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide alone kept growing to a mean+/−SEM volume of 516+/−112 mm3, while the tumors of the animals in the combination group reached 90+/−27 mm3, see FIG. 5, left graph. In contrast, the animals in the groups where treatments were extended Increased only to a mean of 400+/−80 mm3 for the 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide-treated animals. The tumors in the animals that received the combination therapy continued to regress from a mean volume of 33+/−1.3 to 26.3+/−2.8 mm3 (representing a mean of 89.2% regression from the initial volume).
  • Discussion: The MET inhibitor 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1, 2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide at a dose of 3 mg/kg showed slight statistically significant tumor regressions. These regressions were significantly increased when 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide was combined with gefitinib. As a single agent, gefitinib administered at a dose of 25 mg/kg consistently caused statistically significant anti-tumor effects, but never regressions. Pharmacodynamic analysis showed that the MET signaling pathway was down regulated for at least 8 hours after administration of the MET inhibitor and that this down regulation was reinforced by the simultaneous administration of the EGFR inhibitor gefitinib, accounting for strong tumor regressions of more than 80% in the combination groups. The analysis of the drug concentrations after repeated dosing (not shown) showed that the levels of gefitinib were Increased by 2- to 4-fold when it was administered in combination. Therefore it is possible that the increased exposure to gefitinib in the tumor tissue contributes to the improved antitumor effects observed in the combination groups.
    • Example 4
  • 2-Fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide is an ATP-competitive and reversible small molecule inhibitor against the c-MET kinase that possesses a high potency (IC50=0.13±0.05 nM in in vitro kinase assay) and selectivity (with >10,000-fold selectivity over a panel of 56 other human kinases). Potent activity (IC50 values: 0.2-2 nM) has also been demonstrated in cell-based biochemical and functional assays that measure c-MET-mediated signal transduction, as well as c-MET-dependent cell proliferation, survival and migration. In c-MET-driven or HGF/c-MET-driven xenograft mouse tumor models, oral dosing of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide demonstrated significant in vivo activity in blocking both c-MET phosphorylation and tumor growth. In addition, combination with the EGFR inhibitor Gefitinib was effective in vitro and in vivo in suppressing growth of a Gefitinib-resistant lung cancer model harboring a Gefitinib-sensitive EGFR mutation and c-MET amplification. Gene copy number variation and mRNA expression profiling of a large panel of cancer cell lines originating from various lineages suggested that c-MET amplification exists in several cancer types but is relatively more frequent in cancers of the lung, stomach, breast and ovary. HGF expression also displays lineage association and is more frequently detected in cancers of the blood, brain, soft tissue, lung and liver. Pharmacogenetic profiling of these cancer cell lines with a large panel of targeted agents Indicates that c-MET amplification or simultaneous HGF and c-MET expression is highly predictive of response to c-MET inhibitors including 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-ylmethyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide. Furthermore, among 484 classes of compounds classified by target, c-MET inhibitors are the most active class of compounds in inhibiting the growth of cell lines with c-MET amplification or simultaneous HGF and c-MET expression. Importantly, cell lines with simultaneous HGF and c-MET expression are also relatively resistant to EGFR inhibitors compared to cell lines with similar c-MET level that lack HGF expression.
    • Example 5: Clinical Trial for Non-Small Cell Lung Carcinoma (NSCLC)
  • A safety and efficacy study of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and gefitinib in patients with EGFR mutated, c-MET-amplified NSCLC who have progressed after EGFRi treatment is conducted. The trial is a Phase IB/II, open label, multicenter study of 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide administered orally in combination with gefitinib in adult patients with EGFR mutated, c-MET-amplified non-small cell lung cancer who have progressed after EGFR Inhibitor treatment.
  • Inclusion Criteria are:
      • Documented EGFR mutation-Documented c-MET amplification-Prior clinical benefit on EGFR inhibitors and then subsequent progression
      • No starting of other treatment since progression on EGFR Inhibitors
      • ≥18 year old-Life expectancy of ≥3 months
      • ECOG performance status S 2
      • Gender: Both; Minimum age 16 Years
  • Exclusion Criteria:
      • Unable to swallow tables once or twice daily
      • Previous treatment with c-MET inhibitor
      • Any unresolved toxicity form previous anticancer therapy greater than grade 1—History of cystic fibrosis
      • History of acute or chronic pancreatitis
      • Unable to undergo MRI or CT sans
      • Known history of HIV
      • Undergone a bone marrow or sold organ transplant
      • Clinically significant wound or lung tumor lesions with increased likelihood of bleeding
      • Pregnant or nursing Other protocol-defined inclusion/exclusion criteria may apply
  • The following data are obtained:
  • Primary Outcome Measures
  • Safety
    Outcome Measure TimeFrame Description Type
    1) Phase Ib: Frequency and first cycle of study cycle = 28 Yes
    characteristics of treatment days
    dose limiting toxicities
  • Secondary Outcome Measures
  • Safety
    Outcome Measure TimeFrame Description Type
    Overall survival (OS) From date of OS is defined as the time No
    treatment until from the date of treatment
    last patient is off to the date of death from
    study treatment any cause.
    Safety via monitoring the frequency, 30 days post SAE collection ends 30 Yes
    duration, and severity of AEs and SAEs, study treatment days after the last study
    changes in physical examination, clinical related procedure.
    laboratory parameters, vital signs and
    ECGs
    Inhibition of c-MET signaling by pre- and Day 15 of cycle 1 cycle 1 = 28 days No
    post- treatment immunohistochemistry of
    p-c-MET,
    Plasma concentration of 2-fluoro-N- Day 1 of cycle 4 cycle 4 = 28 days No
    methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-
    imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and
    gefitinib, PK parameters including but not
    limited to AUC, Cmax, Tmax, half-life,
    accumulation ratio.
    Progression free survival (PFS) From date of PFS is defined as the time No
    treatment to the from the date of treatment
    date of to the date of event defined
    progression as the first documented
    disease progression per RECIST or
    death due to any cause.
    • Example 6
  • A Phase IB/II, open label, multicenter study of Compound A or Compound B administered orally in combination with gefitinib in adult patients with EGFR mutated, c-MET-amplified non-small cell lung cancer who have progressed after EGFR Inhibitor treatment
  • Protocol Summary:
  • Protocol
    Title a Phase Ib/II, open-label, dose escalation and multicenter study of
    Compound A or Compound B administered orally in combination with
    gefitinib in adult patients with EGFR mutated and c-MET amplified NSCLC
    who have progressed after EGFR inhibitor treatment
    Brief title Study of efficacy and safety Compound A or Compound B + gefitinib in
    patients with NSCLC who have progressed after EGFR inhibitor treatment
    Sponsor and Clinical Novartis
    Phase Phase Ib/II
    Investigation type Drug
    Study type Interventional
    Purpose and rationale This study is designed to explore if the combination of the c-MET inhibitor,
    Compound A or Compound B, and the EGFR inhibitor, gefitinib, will
    provide meaningful clinical benefit to patients whose tumors have
    aberrations in both c-MET and EGFR pathways.
    Primary Objective(s) and 1) Phase Ib: To estimate the MTD or RP2D of Compound A or Compound
    B in combination with gefitinib in NSCLC patients who have c-MET gene
    amplification
    2) Phase II: To estimate overall clinical activity of Compound A or
    Compound B in combination with gefitinib in NSCLC patients with c-MET
    gene amplification
    Secondary Objectives 1) To determine safety and tolerability of Compound A or Compound B in
    combination with gefitinib
    2) To estimate time dependent clinical activity of Compound A or
    Compound B in combination with gefitinib
    3) To assess the pharmacodynamic effect of Compound A or Compound B
    in combination with gefitinib
    4) To characterize the PK profile of Compound A or Compound B and
    gefitinib in NSCLC patient population and to assess potential drug
    interaction between Compound A or Compound B and gefitinib
    Study design Open label, single arm, with a Phase Ib Part and a Phase II Part
    Population Approximately 58 male or female, at least 18 years old patients with EGFR
    mutated and c-MET amplified NSCLC who have progressed after EGFR
    inhibitor treatment
    Inclusion criteria Confirmed c-MET pathway dysregulation
    EGFR mutated NSCLC patient who have developed acquired resistance
    to EGFR inhibitor treatment
    Measurable disease as determined by RECIST version 1.1
    ECOG performance status ≤2
    Exclusion criteria Previous treatment with a c-MET inhibitor or HGF-targeting therapy
    Previous radiation therapy completed less than 4 weeks prior to dosing
    and, if present, any acute toxicity > grade 1
    History of cystic fibrosis
    History of acute or chronic pancreatitis, surgery of pancreas or any risk
    factors that may increase the risk of pancreatitis
    Investigational and All patients will be treated with Compound A or Compound B and gefitinib
    reference therapy administered orally, beginning on Cycle 1 Day 1. Each cycle will have 28
    days. All patients will continue to receive study treatment until disease
    progression, intolerable toxicity, withdrawal of consent, or discontinuation
    of treatment for any other reason
    Efficacy assessments Tumor response assessment as per RECIST v1.1.
    Safety assessments Incidence, frequency, and category of DLT during the first cycle of
    Compound A or Compound B treatment (escalation phase)
    Frequency, duration, and severity of AEs, SAEs
    Other assessments Compound A or Compound B and gefitinib pharmacokinetics assessment
    in blood samples Biomarker assessments
    Data analysis Data will be summarized using descriptive statistics (continuous data)
    and/or contingency tables (categorical data) for demographic and baseline
    characteristics, efficacy measurements, safety measurements, and all
    relevant PK and PD measures.
    The Bayesian logistic regression model with overdose control will be used
    to recommend the dose levels that will be used for dose cohorts that occur
    after the initial dose cohort.
    Key words Compound A or Compound B, gefitinib, NSCLC, acquired resistance
    criteria, c-MET dysregulation

Claims (21)

1. A pharmaceutical combination comprising (i) a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, respectively, or a prodrug thereof, respectively, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
2. The pharmaceutical combination according to claim 1 for simultaneous, separate or sequential use of the components (i) and (ii).
3. The pharmaceutical combination according to claim 1 in the form of a fixed combination.
4. The pharmaceutical combination according to claim 1 in the form or a kit of parts for the combined administration where the EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and the MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor may be administered independently at the same time or separately within time intervals, especially where these time intervals allow that the combination partners are jointly active.
5. The pharmaceutical combination according to claim 1,
wherein the EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor is selected from the following compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof:
a 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivative of the formula
Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00039
wherein each Ra, Rb, Rc and Rd is independently selected from hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, amino,
hydroxyamino, carboxy, C1-8alkoxycarbonyl, nitro, guanidino, ureido, carbamoyl, cyano, trifluoromethyl, (R6)2N-carbonyl and phenyl-W-alkyl wherein W is selected from a single bond, O, S and NH;
or each Ra or Rb is independently selected from cyano-C1-8alkyl and R9 wherein R9 is selected from the group consisting of R5, R5O, (R5)2N, R7C(═O), R5ONH, A and R5Y; wherein R5 is C1-8alkyl;
R6 is hydrogen or R5 wherein the R5s if more than one is present are the same or different;
R7 is R5, R5O or (R6)2N;
A is selected from piperidino, morpholino, pyrrolidino and 4-R6-piperazin-1-yl, imidazol-1-yl, 4-pyridon-1-yl, carboxy-C1-8alkyl, phenoxy, phenyl, phenylsulfanyl, C2-8alkenyl, (R5)2N-carbonyl-C1-8 alkyl; and
Y is selected from S, SO, SO2; the alkyl moieties in R5, R5O and (R5)2N are optionally substituted with halo or R9 wherein R9 is defined as above, and wherein the resulting groups are optionally substituted with halo or R9 with the proviso that a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom and another heteroatom can not be attached to the same carbon atom, and with the further proviso that Ra and Rb may not comprise more than three R9 units;
or each Ra or Rb is independently selected from R5-sulfonylamino, phthalimido-C1-8alkyl-sulfonylamino, benzamido, benzenesulfonylamino, 3-phenylureido, 2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl, and R10-C2-4alkanoylamino wherein R10 is selected from halo, R5O, C2-4alkanoyloxy, B7C(═O) and (R6)2N; and wherein said benzamido or benzenesulfonylamino or phenyl or phenoxy or anilino or phenylsulfanyl substituent in Ra or Rb may optionally bear one or two halogens, C1-8alkyl, cyano, methansulfonyl or C1-8alkoxy substituents;
or any two Ra and Rb taken together with the carbons to which they are attached comprise a 5-8 membered ring comprising at least one or two heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen; and wherein the alkyl groups and alkyl portions of the alkoxy or alkylamino groups may be straight chained or if comprised of at least three carbons may be branched or cyclic;
each Rc and Rd is independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-8alkyl, optionally substituted amino, halo, hydroxy, optionally substituted hydroxy; or from azido or R11-ethynyl wherein R11 is selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-8alkyl wherein the substituents are selected from hydrogen, amino, hydroxy, R5O, R5NH and (R5)2N;
and X is N or C(CN), with the proviso that a substituent R5 may not comprise another substitutent R5;
a 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivative of the formula
Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00040
wherein
X is N;
Ra is C1-8alkyloxy;
Rb is di-(C1-8alkyl)-amino-C1-8alkoxy, pyrrolidin-1-yl-C1-8alkoxy, piperidino-C1-8alkoxy, morpholino-C1-8alkoxy, piperazin-1-yl-C1-8alkoxy, 4-C1-8alkylpiperazin-1-yl-C1-8alkoxy, imidazol-1-yl-C1-8alkoxy, di-(C1-8alkoxy-C1-8alkyl)-amino-C1-8alkoxy, thiomorpholino-C1-8alkoxy, 1-oxothiomorpholino-C1-8alkoxy or 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino-C1-8alkoxy, and wherein any of the above-mentioned Rb substituents comprising a CH2 (methylene) group which is not attached to a N or 0 atom optionally bears on said CH2 group a hydroxy substituent;
and each of Rc and Rd is independently of the other halo, trifluoromethyl or C1-8alkyl;
a 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivative of the formula
Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00041
wherein X is N;
one of Ra and Rb is a group CH3SO2CH2CH2NHCH2—Ar—, wherein Ar is selected from phenyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl and thiazolyl, each of which may optionally be substituted by one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of one or two halo, C1-8alkyl and C1-8alkoxy;
the other of Ra and Rb is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, hydroxy, C1-8alkyl, C1-8alkoxy, C1-8alkylamino and di(C1-8alkyl)amino;
one of Rc and Rd represents benzyl, halo-, dihalo- or trihalobenzyl, trihalomethylbenzyl, benzoyl, pyridylmethyl, pyridylmethoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, halo-, dihalo- or trihalobenzyloxy, trihalomethylbenzyloxy, benzenesulphonyl or hydrogen;
the other of Rc and Rd is hydrogen or hydroxy, halo, C1-8alkyl, C2-8alkenyl, C2-8alkynyl, C1-8alkoxy, amino, C1-8alkylamino, di(C1-8alkyl)amino, C1-8alkylthio, C1-8alkylsulphinyl, C1-8alkylsulphonyl, C1-8alkylcarbonyl, carboxyl, carbamoyl, C1-8alkoxycarbonyl, C1-8alkanoylamino, N—(C1-8alkyl)carbamoyl, N,N-di(C1-8alkyl)carbamoyl, cyano, nitro or trifluoromethyl;
a 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivative of the formula
Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00042
wherein
X is N,
Ra is -D-E-F and Rb is —SR4*, halo, —OR4*, —NHR3* or hydrogen, or
Rb is -D-E-F and Ra is —SR4*, halo, —OR4*, —NHR3* or hydrogen,
wherein, respectively,
D is —N(R2*)—, —O—, —CH(R2*)—, —N(R2*)—NH—, —N(R2*)—O—, —CH(R2*)—NH—, —CH(R2*)—O—, —CH(R2*)—CH2, —NH—CH(R2*)—, —O—CH(R2*)—, —S—CH(R2*)— or absent;
E is —C(═O)—, —S(═O)2—, —P(═O)(OR2*)— or —S(═O)—,
F is —C(R1*)=CHR5*, —C≡C—R5*, or —C(R1*)═C═CHR5*;
provided that when E is S(═O)2— or —S(═O)—, D is not —NH—CH(R2*)— or —O—CH(R2*)—;
R1* is hydrogen, halogen or C1-8alkyl,
R2*, R3* and R4* are independently hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, —(CH2)n*—N-piperidinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-piperazinyl, —(CH2)n*—N1-piperazinyl(N4—C1-6alkyl), —(CH2)n*—N-pyrrolidinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-pyridinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-imidazolyl, —(CH2)n*—N-morpholinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-thiomorpholinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-hexohydroazepinyl or substituted C1-8alkyl, wherein the substituents are selected from —OH, —NH2, or —N(B*)(A*), wherein A* and B* are independently hydrogen, C1-8alkyl, —(CH2)n*—OH, —(CH2)n*—N-piperidinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-piperazinyl, —(CH2)n*, —N1-piperazinyl(N4—C1-8alkyl), —(CH2)n*—N— pyrrolidinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-pyridyl and —(CH2)n*—N-imidazolyl;
Rc and Rd are independently hydrogen, halo, C1-8alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, C1-8alkoxy, C3-8cycloalkoxy, nitro, C1-8perfluoroalkyl, hydroxy, C1-8acyloxy, amino, —NH(C1-8alkyl), —N(C1-8alkyl)2, —NH(C3-8cycloalkyl), —NH(C3-8cycloalkyl)2, hydroxymethyl, C1-8acyl, cyano, azido, C1-8thioalkyl, C1-8sulfinylalkyl, C1-8sulfonylalkyl, C3-8thiocycloalkyl, C3-8sulfinylcycloalkyl, C3-8sulfonylcycloalkyl, mercapto, C1-8alkoxycarbonyl, C3-8cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C2-8alkenyl, C4-8cycloalkenyl, or C2-8alkynyl;
R5* is hydrogen, halo, C1-6perfluoroalkyl, 1,1-difluoro-C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyl, —(CH2)n*—N-piperidinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-piperazinyl, —(CH2)n*—N1-piperazinyl(N4—C1-8alkyl), —(CH2)n*—N-pyrrolidinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-pyridyl, —(CH2)n*—N-imidazolyl, —(CH2)n*—N-morpholinyl, —(CH2)n*—N-thiomorpholinyl, —CH═CH2, —CH═CH—C1-8alkyl, —(CH2)n*—N-hexahydroazepinyl, —(CH2)n*—NH2, —(CH2)n*—NH—(C1-8)alkyl, —(CH2)n*—N(C1-8alkyl)2, -1-oxo-C1-8alkyl, carboxy, C1-8alkoxycarbonyl, N—C1-8alkyl-carbamoyl, phenyl or substituted phenyl, wherein the phenyl can have from one to three substituents independently selected from Rc and Rd or a monocyclic heteroaryl group selected from the group consisting of pyridyl, thienyl and imidazolyl, and each C1-8alkyl group above in R5* can be substituted with —OH, —NH2 or NA*B*, where A* and B* are as defined above;
R6* is hydrogen or C1-8alkyl;
and n* is 1 to 8, especially 1 to 4;
a 4-(substituted phenylamino)quinazoline derivative of the formula
Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00043
wherein X is C—CN;
Ra is C1-8alkoxy;
Rb is amino- or N—[N′-mono- or N′,N′-di(C1-8alkyl)]amino}-C4-8alkenoyl)-amino;
Rc is halo or R2**—(CH2)n**—R3**—
wherein R2** is a pyridyl, thiophenyl, pyrimidinyl, thiazolyl or phenyl, each optionally substituted with up to three substituents selected from C1-8alkyl, C1-8alkoxy and halogen, R3** is —O— or —S— and n** is 0 to 8, preferably 0 or 1;
and Rd is halo;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof;
and an antibody inhibiting EGFR;
and the MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor is one of the formula (I),
Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00044
wherein
Y is C or N;
X is CH or N;
B is CH or N;
A is a ring;
such that when X is CH and B is N, ring A is ring Ai or ring Aii;
Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00045
when X is N and B is N, ring A is Aiii;
Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00046
and when X is N and B is N, or X is N and B is CH, ring A is Ai;
Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00047
R1 is a group selected from i, ii and iii:
Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00048
wherein R5 is heteroaryl;
R6 is hydrogen, deuterium, OH, methyl or halo;
R7 is hydrogen, deuterium, halo, or (C1-C3)alkyl, wherein said (C1-C3)alkyl is optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from OH and halo;
or R6 and R7, together with the carbon to which they are attached form cyclopropyl, wherein said cyclopropyl is optionally substituted by methyl;
n is 0, 1 or 2;
R2 is hydrogen, NH2, or (C1-C4)alkyl, wherein said (C1-C4)alkyl is optionally substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from OH, NH2 and halo;
R3 is hydrogen, —CONH2, —CONH(C1-C4)alkyl, —CONHphenyl, wherein the phenyl of said CONHphenyl is optionally substituted by one or more halo, —(C1-C4)alkyl, —CO(C1-C4)alkyl, —CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, phenyl, heteroaryl, —COheteroaryl, —CSNH2, —CSNH(C, —C4)alkyl, —CSNHbenzyl, —SO2(C1-C4)alkyl or —COCH2heterocyclyl, said heterocyclyl being optionally substituted by (C1-C3)alkyl;
R4 is hydrogen or (C1-C3)alkyl;
or R3 and R4 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 5 or 6 membered saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic group comprising 1 ring N atom to which R3 and R4 are attached and optionally 1 additional ring heteroatom independently selected from N, O and S, wherein said monocyclic group is substituted by one or two ═O substituents;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug derivative thereof;
or is a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor of the formula III:
Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00049
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof or prodrugs thereof, wherein:
A is N or CR3;
Cy1 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 —W—X—Y—Z;
Cy2 is aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 —W′—X′—Y′—Z′;
L1 is (CR4R5)m, (CR4R5)p-(cycloalkylene)-(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)p-(arylene)-(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)p-(heterocycloalkylene)-(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)p-(heteroarylene)-(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pO(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pS(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pC(O)(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pC(O)NR6(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pC(O)O(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pOC(O)(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pOC(O)NR6(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pNR6(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pNR6C(O)NR6(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pS(O)(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pS(O)NR6(CR4R5)q, (CR4R5)pS(O)2(CR4R5)q, or (CR4R5)pS(O)2NR6(CR4R5)q, wherein said cycloalkylene, arylene, heterocycloalkylene, or heteroarylene is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cy3, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, N3, ORa, SRa, C(O)Rb, C(O)NRcRd, C(O)ORa, OC(O)Rb, OC(O)NRcRd, NRcRd, NRcC(O)Rb, NRcC(O)NRcRd, NRcC(O)ORa, C(═NRg)NRcRd, NRcC(═NRg)NRcRd, P(Rf)2, P(ORe)2, P(O)ReRf, P(O)OReORf, S(O)Rb, S(O)NRcRd, S(O)2Rb, NRcS(O)2Rb, and S(O)2NRcRd;
L2 is (CR7R8)r, (CR7R8)s-(cycloalkylene)-(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)s-(arylene)-(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)s-(heterocycloalkylene)-(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)s-(heteroarylene)-(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sO(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sS(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sC(O)(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sC(O)NR9(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sC(O)O(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sOC(O)(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sOC(O)NR9(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sNR9(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sNR9C(O)NR9(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sS(O)(CR7R8)t, (CR7R8)sS(O)NR7(CR8R9)t, (CR7R8)sS(O)2(CR7R8)t, or (CR7R8)sS(O)2NR9(CR7R8)t, wherein said cycloalkylene, arylene, heterocycloalkylene, or heteroarylene is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cy4, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, N3, ORa1, SRa1, C(O)Rb1, C(O)NRc1Rd1, C(O)ORa1, OC(O)Rb1 OC(O)NRc1Rd1, NRc1Rd1, NRc1C(O)Rb1, NRc1C(O)NRc1Rd1, NRc1C(O)ORa1, C(═NRg)NRc1Rd1, NRc1C(═NRg)NRc1Rd1, P(Rf1)2, P(ORe1)2, P(O)Re1Rd1, P(O)ORe1ORf1, S(O)Rb1, S(O)NRc1Rd1, S(O)2Rb1, NRc1S(O)2Rb1, and S(O)2NRc1Rd1;
R1 is H or —W″—X″—Y″—Z″;
R2 is H, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORA, SRA, C(O)RB, C(O)NRCRD, C(O)ORA, OC(O)RB, OC(O)NRCRD, NRCRD, NRCC(O)RB, NRCC(O)NRCRD, NRCC(O)ORA, S(O)RB, S(O)NRCRD, S(O)2RB, NRCS(O)2RB, or S(O)2NRCRD;
R3 is H, cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, CN, NO2, ORA, SRA, C(O)RB, C(O)NRCRD, C(O)ORA, OC(O)RB, OC(O)NRCRD, NRCRD, NRCC(O)RB, NRCC(O)NRCRD, NRCC(O)ORA, S(O)RB, S(O)NRCRD, S(O)2RB, NRCS(O)2RB, and S(O)2NRCRD; wherein said cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl, or C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from Cy5, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, N3, ORa1SRa1, C(O)Rb1, C(O)NRc1Rd1, C(O)ORa1, OC(O)Rb1, OC(O)NRc1Rd1, NRc1Rd1, NRc1C(O)Rb1, NRc1C(O)NRc1Rd1, NRc1C(O)ORa1, C(═NRg)NRc1Rd1, NRc1C(═NRg)NRc1Rd1, P(Rf1)2, P(ORe1)2, P(O)Re1Rf1, P(O)ORe1ORf1, S(O)Rb1, S(O)NRc1Rd1, S(O)2Rb1, NRc1S(O)2Rb1, and S(O)2NRc1Rd1;
or R2 and -L2-Cy2 are linked together to form a group of formula:
Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00050
wherein ring B is a fused aryl or fused heteroaryl ring, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 —W′—X′—Y′—Z′;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, halo, OH, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, CN, and NO2;
or R4 and R5 together with the C atom to which they are attached form a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from halo, OH, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, CN, and NO2;
R6 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl;
R7 and R8 are independently selected from H, halo, OH, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, CN, and NO2;
or R7 and R8 together with the C atom to which they are attached form a 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 substituent independently selected from halo, OH, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, CN, and NO2;
R9 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl;
W, W′, and W″ are independently absent or independently selected from C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, C2-6 alkynylene, O, S, NRh, CO, COO, CONRh, SO, SO2, SONRh and NRhCONRi, wherein each of the C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, and C2-6 alkynylene is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, OH, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, and C2-8 dialkylamino;
X, X′, and X″ are independently absent or independently selected from C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, C2-6 alkynylene, arylene, cycloalkylene, heteroarylene, and heterocycloalkylene, wherein each of the C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, C2-6 alkynylene, arylene, cycloalkylene, heteroarylene, and heterocycloalkylene is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from halo, CN, NO2, OH, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-8 alkoxyalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, C2-8 alkoxyalkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, C(O)OR, C(O)NRhRi, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, and C2-8 dialkylamino;
Y, Y′, and Y″ are independently absent or independently selected from C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, C2-6 alkynylene, O, S, NRh, CO, COO, CONRh, SO, SO2, SONRh, and NRhCONRi, wherein each of the C1-6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene, and C2-6 alkynylene is optionally substituted by 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected from halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, OH, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-6 alkylamino, and C2-8 dialkylamino;
Z, Z′, and Z″ are independently selected from H, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, N3, ORa2, SRa2, C(O)Rb2, C(O)NRc2Rd2, C(O)ORa2, OC(O)Rb2, OC(O)NRc2Rd2, NRc2Rd2, NRc2C(O)Rb2, NRc2C(O)NRc2Rd2, NRc2C(O)ORa2, C(═NRg)NRc2Rd2, NRc2C(═NR)NRc2Rd2, P(Rf2)2, P(ORe2)2, P(O)Re2Rf2, P(O)ORe2ORf2, S(O)Rb2, S(O)NRc2Rd2, S(O)2Rb2, NRc2S(O)2Rb2, S(O)2NRc2Rd2, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl are optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 substituents independently selected from halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, N3, ORa2, SRa2, C(O)Rb2, C(O)NRc2Rd2, C(O)ORa2, OC(O)Rb2, OC(O)NRc2Rd2, NRc2Rd2, NRc2C(O)Rb2, NRc2C(O)NRc2Rd2, NRc2C(O)ORa2, C(═NR)NRc2Rd2, NRc2C(═NRg)NRc2Rd2, P(Rf2)2, P(ORe2)2, P(O)Re2Rf2, P(O)ORe2ORf2, S(O)Rb2, S(O)NRc2Rd2, S(O)2Rb2, NRc2S(O)2Rb2, and S(O)2NRc2Rd2;
wherein two adjacent —W—X—Y—Z, together with the atoms to which they are attached, optionally form a fused 4-20 membered cycloalkyl ring or a fused 4-20 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, ORa3, SRa3, C(O)Rb3, C(O)NRc3Rd3, C(O)ORa3, OC(O)Rb3, OC(O)NRc3Rd3, NRc3Rd3, NRc3C(O)Rb3 NRc3C(O)NRc3Rd3, NRc3C(O)ORa3, C(═NRg)NRc3Rd3, NRc3C(═NRg)NRc3Rd3, S(O)Rb3 S(O)NRc3Rd3, S(O)2Rb3, NRc3S(O)2Rb3, S(O)2NRc3Rd3, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl;
wherein two adjacent —W′—X′—Y′—Z′, together with the atoms to which they are attached, optionally form a fused 4-20 membered cycloalkyl ring or a fused 4-20 membered heterocycloalkyl ring, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, ORa3, SRa3C(O)Rb3, C(O)NRc3Rd3, C(O)ORa3, OC(O)Rb3, OC(O)NRc3Rd3, NRc3Rd3, NRc3C(O)Rb3 NRc3C(O)NRc3Rd3, NRc3C(O)ORa3, C(═NRg)NRc3Rd3, NRc3C(═NRg)NRc3Rd3, S(O)Rb3 S(O)NRc3Rd3, S(O)2Rb3, NRc3S(O)2Rb3, S(O)2NRc3Rd3, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl;
Cy3, Cy4, and Cy5 are independently selected from aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl, each optionally substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents independently selected from halo, C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, halosulfanyl, CN, NO2, N3, ORa4, SRa4, C(O)Rb4, C(O)NRc4Rd4, C(O)ORa4, OC(O)Rb4, OC(O)NRc4Rd4, NRc4Rd4, NRc4C(O)Rb4 NRc4C(O)NRc4Rd4, NRc4(O)ORa4, C(═NRg)NRc4Rd4, NRc4C(═NRg)NRc4Rd4, P(Rf4)2, P(OR4)2, P(O)Re4Rf4, P(O)ORe4ORf4, S(O)Rb4, S(O)NRc4Rd4, S(O)2Rb4, NRc4S(O)2Rb4, and S(O)2NRc4Rd4;
RA is H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein said C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, and C1-4 alkyl;
RB is H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, C2-4 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein said C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, or C2-4 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, and C1-4 alkyl;
RC and RD are independently selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, or C2-4 alkynyl, wherein said C1-4 alkyl, C2-4 alkenyl, or C2-4 alkynyl, is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, and C1-4 alkyl;
or RC and RD together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group or heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, and C1-4 alkyl;
Ra, Ra1, Ra2, Ra3, and Ra4 are independently selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
Rb, Rb1, Rb2, Rb3, and Rb4 are independently selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
Rc and Rd are independently selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
or Rc and Rd together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group or heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
Rc1 and Rd1 are independently selected from H, C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
or Rc1 and Rd1 together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group or heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
Rc2 and Rd2 are independently selected from H, C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, arylheterocycloalkyl, arylheteroaryl, biaryl, heteroarylcycloalkyl, heteroarylheterocycloalkyl, heteroarylaryl, and biheteroaryl, wherein said C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, arylheterocycloalkyl, arylheteroaryl, biaryl, heteroarylcycloalkyl, heteroarylheterocycloalkyl, heteroarylaryl, and biheteroaryl are each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C(O)ORa4, C(O)Rb4, S(O)2Rb3, alkoxyalkyl, and alkoxyalkoxy;
or Rc2 and Rd2 together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group or heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-6 haloalkoxy, hydroxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, C(O)ORa4, C(O)Rb4, S(O)2Rb3 alkoxyalkyl, and alkoxyalkoxy;
Rc3 and Rd3 are independently selected from H, C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
or Rc3 and Rd3 together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group or heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
Rc4 and Rd4 are independently selected from H, C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl, wherein said C1-10 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl or heterocycloalkylalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
or Rc4 and Rd4 together with the N atom to which they are attached form a 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl group or heteroaryl group, each optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents independently selected from OH, CN, amino, halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 haloalkyl, and C1-6 haloalkoxy;
Re, Re1, Re2, and Re4 are independently selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, (C1-6 alkoxy)-C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and heterocycloalkylalkyl;
Rf, Rf1, Rf2, and Rf4 are independently selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocycloalkyl;
Rg is H, CN, and NO2;
Rh and Ri are independently selected from H and C1-6 alkyl;
Rj is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, or heterocycloalkylalkyl;
m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6;
p is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
q is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6;
s is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and
t is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
6. A pharmaceutical combination according to claim 5, wherein the EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor is a compound of the formula
Figure US20180098995A1-20180412-C00051
wherein
X is N or C(CN);
Ra is selected from the group consisting of C1-8alkyloxy or (C1-8alkyloxy, 1-piperidin-1-yl, 1-piperazin-1-yl, 4-C1-8alkyl-piperazin-1-yl, morpholin-1-yl, thiomorpholino-1-yl, S-oxothiomorpholin-1-yl or S,S-dioxothiomorpholinyl-1-yl)-C1-8alkyloxy;
Rb is selected from C3-8alkenoyl, {amino- or N—[N′-mono- or N′,N′-di(C1-8alkyl)]amino}-C4-8alkenoyl)-amino, [(C1-8alkylsulfonyl-C1-8alkylamino)-C1-8alkyl]-furyl or (C1-8alkyloxy, 1-piperidin-1-yl, 1-piperazin-1-yl, 4-C1-8alkyl-piperazin-1-yl, morpholin-1-yl, thiomorpholin-1-yl, S-oxothiomorpholin-1-yl or S,S-dioxothiomorpholinyl-1-yl)-C1-8alkyloxy;
Rc is halo or C2-8alkynyl; and
Rd is hydrogen, pyridinyl-C1-8alkyloxy or unsubstituted or halogen substituted phenyl-C1-8 alkyloxy;
especially wherein:
X is N or C(CN);
Ra is methoxy, ethoxy, 3-morpholinopropyloxy or 2-methoxyethoxy;
Rb is 4-(dimethylamino)-but-2-enoylamino, prop-2-enoylamino, 5-[(2-methylsulfonyl-ethyl)-aminomethyl]-furan-2-yl, 2-methoxyethoxy or 3-morpholinopropoxy;
Rc is chloro or ethynyl; and
Rd is hydrogen, fluoro, pyridin-2-ylmethoxy or 3-fluorophenyl-methoxy;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, respectively.
7. A pharmaceutical according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor is erlotinib, gefitinib, lapatinib, canertinib, pelitinib, neratinib or cetuximab; and wherein the MET inhibitor is (E)-2-(1-(3-((7-fluoroquinolin-6-yl)methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazin-6-yl)ethylidene)hydrazinecarboxamide or 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, respectively.
8. The combination according to claim 1, comprising a further co-agent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a prodrug thereof.
9. The combination according to claim 1 comprising a quantity which is jointly therapeutically effective against an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer, comprising the combination partners (i) EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or, respectively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier material, and optionally a further co-agent or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
10. The combination according to claim 1 in the form of a combination product.
11. A MET inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for combined use in a method of treating an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer.
12. The MET inhibitor and the EGFR inhibitor for use according to claim 11, where the MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of (E)-2-(1-(3-((7-fluoroquinolin-6-yl)methyl)imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazin-6-yl)ethylidene)hydrazinecarboxamide and 2-fluoro-N-methyl-4-[(7-quinolin-6-yl-methyl)-imidazo[1,2-b]triazin-2-yl]benzamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, respectively,
and the EGFR inhibitor is gefinitib, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
13. The use of a combination or combination product according to claim 1 for treating an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer.
14. A combination of (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor or, respectively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament or a pharmaceutical product, especially a combination or combination product according to claim 1, for treating an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer.
15. A method of treating an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer, with a combination of (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor or, respectively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where the combination partners are defined in claim 1.
16. A method for the treatment of an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer, said method comprising administering an effective amount of a combination of or a combination product according to claim 1 comprising (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor to a subject in need thereof, such as a warm-blooded animal, in particular a human.
17. A pharmaceutical product or a commercial package comprising a combination or combination product according to claim 1, in particular together with instructions for simultaneous, separate or sequential use thereof in the treatment of an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer, in particular for use in the treatment of an FGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer.
18. The use of (i) an EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitor and (ii) a MET tyrosine kinase inhibitor or, respectively, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the preparation of a combination or combination product, especially according to claim 1, for the treatment of an EGFR tyrosine kinase activity and/or MET tyrosine kinase activity mediated disease, especially a cancer.
19. A pharmaceutical combination according to claim 1 for use as a medicine.
20. A pharmaceutical combination according to claim 1 for use in the treatment of cancer.
21. A MET inhibitor and an EGFR inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for combined use as a medicine.
US15/839,964 2012-04-03 2017-12-13 Combination Products with Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors and their Use Abandoned US20180098995A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/839,964 US20180098995A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2017-12-13 Combination Products with Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors and their Use
US16/905,161 US11096947B2 (en) 2012-04-03 2020-06-18 Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use
US17/383,691 US20220184090A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2021-07-23 Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201261619490P 2012-04-03 2012-04-03
PCT/CN2013/073678 WO2013149581A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2013-04-03 Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use
US201414388334A 2014-09-26 2014-09-26
US15/839,964 US20180098995A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2017-12-13 Combination Products with Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors and their Use

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/388,334 Continuation US20150297604A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2013-04-03 Combination Products with Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors and their Use
PCT/CN2013/073678 Continuation WO2013149581A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2013-04-03 Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/905,161 Continuation US11096947B2 (en) 2012-04-03 2020-06-18 Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20180098995A1 true US20180098995A1 (en) 2018-04-12

Family

ID=49300000

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/388,334 Abandoned US20150297604A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2013-04-03 Combination Products with Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors and their Use
US15/839,964 Abandoned US20180098995A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2017-12-13 Combination Products with Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors and their Use
US16/905,161 Active US11096947B2 (en) 2012-04-03 2020-06-18 Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use
US17/383,691 Abandoned US20220184090A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2021-07-23 Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/388,334 Abandoned US20150297604A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2013-04-03 Combination Products with Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors and their Use

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/905,161 Active US11096947B2 (en) 2012-04-03 2020-06-18 Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use
US17/383,691 Abandoned US20220184090A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2021-07-23 Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (4) US20150297604A1 (en)
EP (2) EP3964513A1 (en)
JP (3) JP2015512425A (en)
KR (1) KR102115047B1 (en)
CN (2) CN104245701A (en)
AU (4) AU2013243097A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2868202C (en)
ES (1) ES2894830T3 (en)
MX (1) MX371119B (en)
RU (1) RU2660354C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2013149581A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11096947B2 (en) * 2012-04-03 2021-08-24 Novartis Ag Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2935892C (en) * 2014-01-07 2022-08-02 Merck Patent Gmbh Combination of a 6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-pyridazine derivative having anti-cancer activity with gefitinib
WO2016011658A1 (en) * 2014-07-25 2016-01-28 Novartis Ag Combination therapy
BR112017001695A2 (en) * 2014-07-31 2017-11-21 Novartis Ag combination therapy
US20170304313A1 (en) * 2014-10-06 2017-10-26 Novartis Ag Therapeutic Combination For The Treatment Of Cancer
US10532052B2 (en) * 2014-12-12 2020-01-14 Merck Patent Gmbh Combination of a 6-oxo-1,6-dihydro-pyridazine derivative having anti-cancer activity with an EGFR inhibitor
CN108069913B (en) * 2016-11-18 2022-03-01 陕西师范大学 Bis (morpholinylalkoxy) quinazoline derivative and application thereof in anti-tumor aspect
BR112021018168B1 (en) 2019-03-21 2023-11-28 Onxeo PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, COMBINATION AND KIT COMPRISING A DBAIT MOLECULE AND A KINASE INHIBITOR FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER
US20220401436A1 (en) 2019-11-08 2022-12-22 INSERM (Institute National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Methods for the treatment of cancers that have acquired resistance to kinase inhibitors
WO2021148581A1 (en) 2020-01-22 2021-07-29 Onxeo Novel dbait molecule and its use
WO2022007752A1 (en) * 2020-07-06 2022-01-13 苏州晶云药物科技股份有限公司 New crystal form of benzamide compound and dihydrochloride thereof, and preparation method therefor

Family Cites Families (157)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1219606A (en) 1968-07-15 1971-01-20 Rech S Et D Applic Scient Soge Quinuclidinol derivatives and preparation thereof
LU88769I2 (en) 1982-07-23 1996-11-05 Zeneca Ltd Bicalutamide and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters (Casodex (R))
US5093330A (en) 1987-06-15 1992-03-03 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Staurosporine derivatives substituted at methylamino nitrogen
GB8916480D0 (en) 1989-07-19 1989-09-06 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical process
GB8923590D0 (en) 1989-10-19 1989-12-06 Pfizer Ltd Antimuscarinic bronchodilators
US5395855A (en) 1990-05-07 1995-03-07 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Hydrazones
PT100441A (en) 1991-05-02 1993-09-30 Smithkline Beecham Corp PIRROLIDINONES, ITS PREPARATION PROCESS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM AND USE
US5451700A (en) 1991-06-11 1995-09-19 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Amidino compounds, their manufacture and methods of treatment
NZ243082A (en) 1991-06-28 1995-02-24 Ici Plc 4-anilino-quinazoline derivatives; pharmaceutical compositions, preparatory processes, and use thereof
AU661533B2 (en) 1992-01-20 1995-07-27 Astrazeneca Ab Quinazoline derivatives
DE69331265T2 (en) 1992-04-02 2002-08-08 Smithkline Beecham Corp., Philadelphia COMPOUNDS FOR TREATING INFLAMMABLE DISEASES AND INHIBITING THE PRODUCTION OF TUMORNESCROSE FACTOR
NZ251092A (en) 1992-04-02 1996-12-20 Smithkline Beecham Corp 4-cyano-cyclohexane derivatives; medicaments; used in treating asthma
WO1993019750A1 (en) 1992-04-02 1993-10-14 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Compounds useful for treating allergic or inflammatory diseases
TW225528B (en) 1992-04-03 1994-06-21 Ciba Geigy Ag
EP1238986B1 (en) 1992-10-28 2008-06-25 Genentech, Inc. Use of Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists
GB9301000D0 (en) 1993-01-20 1993-03-10 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9314893D0 (en) 1993-07-19 1993-09-01 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives
GB9414193D0 (en) 1994-07-14 1994-08-31 Glaxo Group Ltd Compounds
GB9414208D0 (en) 1994-07-14 1994-08-31 Glaxo Group Ltd Compounds
DE69522717T2 (en) 1995-03-30 2002-02-14 Pfizer Inc., New York quinazoline derivatives
GB9508538D0 (en) 1995-04-27 1995-06-14 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives
US5747498A (en) 1996-05-28 1998-05-05 Pfizer Inc. Alkynyl and azido-substituted 4-anilinoquinazolines
US5880141A (en) 1995-06-07 1999-03-09 Sugen, Inc. Benzylidene-Z-indoline compounds for the treatment of disease
CN1100778C (en) 1995-07-06 2003-02-05 诺瓦蒂斯有限公司 Pyrrolopyrimidines and processes for preparation thereof
US5760041A (en) 1996-02-05 1998-06-02 American Cyanamid Company 4-aminoquinazoline EGFR Inhibitors
GB9603095D0 (en) 1996-02-14 1996-04-10 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives
EP0892789B2 (en) 1996-04-12 2009-11-18 Warner-Lambert Company LLC Irreversible inhibitors of tyrosine kinases
DE69734513T2 (en) 1996-06-24 2006-07-27 Pfizer Inc. PHENYLAMINO-SUBSTITUTED TRICYCL DERIVATIVES FOR THE TREATMENT OF HYPERPROLIFERATIVE DISEASES
ES2186908T3 (en) 1996-07-13 2003-05-16 Glaxo Group Ltd HETEROCICICLES CONDENSED COMPOUNDS AS INHIBITORS OF PPROTEINA-TIROSINA-QUINASAS.
DE19638745C2 (en) 1996-09-11 2001-05-10 Schering Ag Monoclonal antibodies against the extracellular domain of the human VEGF receptor protein (KDR)
CA2265630A1 (en) 1996-09-13 1998-03-19 Gerald Mcmahon Use of quinazoline derivatives for the manufacture of a medicament in the treatment of hyperproliferative skin disorders
EP0837063A1 (en) 1996-10-17 1998-04-22 Pfizer Inc. 4-Aminoquinazoline derivatives
GB9622386D0 (en) 1996-10-28 1997-01-08 Sandoz Ltd Organic compounds
TW528755B (en) 1996-12-24 2003-04-21 Glaxo Group Ltd 2-(purin-9-yl)-tetrahydrofuran-3,4-diol derivatives
CO4950519A1 (en) 1997-02-13 2000-09-01 Novartis Ag PHTHALAZINES, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS THAT UNDERSTAND THEM AND THE PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION
CO4940418A1 (en) 1997-07-18 2000-07-24 Novartis Ag MODIFICATION OF A CRYSTAL OF A DERIVATIVE OF N-PHENYL-2-PIRIMIDINAMINE, PROCESSES FOR ITS MANUFACTURE AND USE
US6166037A (en) 1997-08-28 2000-12-26 Merck & Co., Inc. Pyrrolidine and piperidine modulators of chemokine receptor activity
AU9281298A (en) 1997-10-01 1999-04-23 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co. Ltd. Benzodioxole derivatives
GB9721069D0 (en) 1997-10-03 1997-12-03 Pharmacia & Upjohn Spa Polymeric derivatives of camptothecin
GB9723589D0 (en) 1997-11-08 1998-01-07 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9723566D0 (en) 1997-11-08 1998-01-07 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9723590D0 (en) 1997-11-08 1998-01-07 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
RS49779B (en) 1998-01-12 2008-06-05 Glaxo Group Limited, Byciclic heteroaromatic compounds as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
YU44900A (en) 1998-01-31 2003-01-31 Glaxo Group Limited 2-(purin-9-yl)-tetrahydrofuran-3,4-diol derivatives
AR017457A1 (en) 1998-02-14 2001-09-05 Glaxo Group Ltd COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM 2- (PURIN-9-IL) -TETRAHIDROFURAN-3,4-DIOL, PROCESSES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, COMPOSITIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM AND THEIR USE IN THERAPY FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY DISEASES.
GB9813535D0 (en) 1998-06-23 1998-08-19 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9813565D0 (en) 1998-06-23 1998-08-19 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
AU750462B2 (en) 1998-06-23 2002-07-18 Glaxo Group Limited 2-(purin-9-yl)-tetrahydrofuran-3,4-diol derivatives
GB9813540D0 (en) 1998-06-23 1998-08-19 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
WO2000000531A1 (en) 1998-06-30 2000-01-06 The Dow Chemical Company Polymer polyols and a process for the production thereof
DE69942097D1 (en) 1998-08-11 2010-04-15 Novartis Ag ISOCHINOLINE DERIVATIVES WITH ANGIOGENESIS-HEMMENDER EFFECT
DE69932173T2 (en) 1998-10-16 2007-06-06 Pfizer Inc. adenine
UA71587C2 (en) 1998-11-10 2004-12-15 Шерінг Акцієнгезелльшафт Anthranilic acid amides and use thereof as medicaments
GB9824579D0 (en) 1998-11-10 1999-01-06 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
NZ527718A (en) 1998-11-19 2004-11-26 Warner Lambert Co N-[4-(3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenylamino)-7-(3-morpholin-4-yl-propoxy)-quinazolin-6-yl]-acrylamide, an irreversible inhibitor of tyrosine kinases
AU775806B2 (en) 1998-12-22 2004-08-19 Genentech Inc. Vascular endothelial cell growth factor antagonists and uses thereof
AU766081B2 (en) 1999-03-30 2003-10-09 Novartis Ag Phthalazine derivatives for treating inflammatory diseases
GB9913083D0 (en) 1999-06-04 1999-08-04 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
ATE299865T1 (en) 1999-05-04 2005-08-15 Schering Corp PIPERAZINE DERIVATIVES USABLE AS CCR5 ANTAGONISTS
ATE299866T1 (en) 1999-05-04 2005-08-15 Schering Corp PIPERIDINE DERIVATIVES USABLE AS CCR5 ANTAGONISTS
YU25500A (en) 1999-05-11 2003-08-29 Pfizer Products Inc. Process for the synthesis of nucleosite analogues
GB9913932D0 (en) 1999-06-15 1999-08-18 Pfizer Ltd Purine derivatives
US6322771B1 (en) 1999-06-18 2001-11-27 University Of Virginia Patent Foundation Induction of pharmacological stress with adenosine receptor agonists
ES2165768B1 (en) 1999-07-14 2003-04-01 Almirall Prodesfarma Sa NEW DERIVATIVES OF QUINUCLIDINE AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM.
EP2193808A1 (en) 1999-08-21 2010-06-09 Nycomed GmbH Synergistic combination
CO5180581A1 (en) 1999-09-30 2002-07-30 Pfizer Prod Inc COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF THE ISCHEMIA PHARMACEUTICAL TIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM FOR THE TREATMENT OF THE ISCHEMIA
GB9924363D0 (en) 1999-10-14 1999-12-15 Pfizer Central Res Purine derivatives
GB9924361D0 (en) 1999-10-14 1999-12-15 Pfizer Ltd Purine derivatives
WO2003000840A2 (en) 2001-06-21 2003-01-03 Diversa Corporation Nitrilases
GB0003960D0 (en) 2000-02-18 2000-04-12 Pfizer Ltd Purine derivatives
TWI227240B (en) 2000-06-06 2005-02-01 Pfizer 2-aminocarbonyl-9H-purine derivatives
GB0015727D0 (en) 2000-06-27 2000-08-16 Pfizer Ltd Purine derivatives
MXPA03000141A (en) 2000-06-27 2003-05-27 S A L V A T Lab Sa Carbamates derived from arylalkylamines.
GB0015876D0 (en) 2000-06-28 2000-08-23 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
TWI307339B (en) 2000-06-30 2009-03-11 Glaxo Group Ltd Quinazoline ditosylate salt comprounds
DE10038639A1 (en) 2000-07-28 2002-02-21 Schering Ag New and known N-aryl 2-hydroxy-omega-arylalkanamide derivatives, useful e.g. for treating inflammatory diseases such as rheumatism
EA005992B1 (en) 2000-08-05 2005-08-25 Глаксо Груп Лимитед 6alpha, 9alpha-DIFLUORO-17alpha-[(2-FURANYLCARBONYL)OXY]-11beta-HYDROXY-16alpha-METHYL-3-OXO-ANDROST-1,4-DIENE-17beta-CARBOTHIOIC ACID S-FLUOROMETHYL ESTER AS AN ANTI-INFLAMMATORY AGENT
PE20020354A1 (en) 2000-09-01 2002-06-12 Novartis Ag HYDROXAMATE COMPOUNDS AS HISTONE-DESACETILASE (HDA) INHIBITORS
GB0022695D0 (en) 2000-09-15 2000-11-01 Pfizer Ltd Purine Derivatives
GB0028383D0 (en) 2000-11-21 2001-01-03 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
CN1298717C (en) 2000-12-22 2007-02-07 阿尔米雷尔普罗迪斯制药有限公司 Quinuclidine carbamate derivatives and their use as M3 antigonists
HUP0303524A3 (en) 2000-12-28 2008-03-28 Almirall Ag Novel quinuclidine derivatives, process for their preparation and medicinal compositions containing the same and their use
EP1241176A1 (en) 2001-03-16 2002-09-18 Pfizer Products Inc. Purine derivatives for the treatment of ischemia
CN1302007C (en) 2001-04-30 2007-02-28 葛兰素集团有限公司 Anti-inflammatory 17. beta-carbothioate ester derivatives of androstane with a cyclic ester group in position 17. alpha
AR035885A1 (en) 2001-05-14 2004-07-21 Novartis Ag DERIVATIVES OF 4-AMINO-5-FENIL-7-CYCLLOBUTILPIRROLO (2,3-D) PYRIMIDINE, A PROCESS FOR ITS PREPARATION, A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND THE USE OF SUCH DERIVATIVES FOR THE PREPARATION OF A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION
EE200300586A (en) 2001-05-25 2004-04-15 Pfizer Inc. Combination of adenosine A2A receptor agonist and anticholinergic agent for the treatment of obstructive airways diseases
EP1395604B1 (en) 2001-06-12 2008-06-25 Glaxo Group Limited Novel anti inflammatory 17.alpha.-heterocyclic-esters of 17.beta.-carbothioate androstane derivatives
GB0119249D0 (en) 2001-08-07 2001-10-03 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
IL160896A0 (en) 2001-10-17 2004-08-31 Ucb Sa Quinuclidine derivatives, processes for preparing them and their uses as m2 and/or m3 muscarinic receptor inhibitors
GB0125259D0 (en) 2001-10-20 2001-12-12 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
AR037517A1 (en) 2001-11-05 2004-11-17 Novartis Ag DERIVATIVES OF NAFTIRIDINES, A PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND THE USE OF THEM FOR THE PREPARATION OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT FOR THE TREATMENT OF AN INFLAMMATORY DISEASE
WO2003048181A1 (en) 2001-12-01 2003-06-12 Glaxo Group Limited 17.alpha. -cyclic esters of 16-methylpregnan-3,20-dione as anti-inflammatory agents
CN1832948B (en) 2001-12-20 2011-06-15 基耶西药品股份公司 1- alkyl-1-azoniabicyclo (2.2.2) octane carbamate derivatives and their use as muscarinic receptor antagonists
AU2003202044A1 (en) 2002-01-15 2003-09-09 Glaxo Group Limited 17.alpha-cycloalkyl/cycloylkenyl esters of alkyl-or haloalkyl-androst-4-en-3-on-11.beta.,17.alpha.-diol 17.beta.-carboxylates as anti-inflammatory agents
WO2003062259A2 (en) 2002-01-21 2003-07-31 Glaxo Group Limited Non-aromatic 17.alpha.-esters of androstane-17.beta.-carboxylate esters as anti-inflammatory agents
GB0202216D0 (en) 2002-01-31 2002-03-20 Glaxo Group Ltd Novel compounds
WO2003082787A1 (en) 2002-03-26 2003-10-09 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glucocorticoid mimetics, methods of making them, pharmaceutical compositions, and uses thereof
DE60318188T2 (en) 2002-03-26 2008-12-11 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Ridgefield GLUCOCORTICOID MIMETICS, THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND USE
US20090170803A1 (en) 2002-04-10 2009-07-02 Linden Joel M Adjunctive treatment of biological diseases
ES2206021B1 (en) 2002-04-16 2005-08-01 Almirall Prodesfarma, S.A. NEW DERIVATIVES OF PIRROLIDINIO.
ES2201907B1 (en) 2002-05-29 2005-06-01 Almirall Prodesfarma, S.A. NEW DERIVATIVES OF INDOLILPIPERIDINE AS POWERFUL ANTIHISTAMINIC AND ANTIALERGIC AGENTS.
DE10224888A1 (en) 2002-06-05 2003-12-24 Merck Patent Gmbh pyridazine
US7074806B2 (en) 2002-06-06 2006-07-11 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glucocorticoid mimetics, methods of making them, pharmaceutical compositions, and uses thereof
DE10225574A1 (en) 2002-06-10 2003-12-18 Merck Patent Gmbh New 1-acyl-3-phenyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-pyridazine derivatives, are phosphodiesterase IV inhibitors useful e.g. for treating asthma, allergy, inflammation, autoimmune diseases or myocardial diseases
DE10227269A1 (en) 2002-06-19 2004-01-08 Merck Patent Gmbh thiazole
US7153968B2 (en) 2002-06-25 2006-12-26 Merck Frosst Canada, Ltd. 8-(biaryl)quinoline PDE4 inhibitors
ES2204295B1 (en) 2002-07-02 2005-08-01 Almirall Prodesfarma, S.A. NEW DERIVATIVES OF QUINUCLIDINE-AMIDE.
WO2004005258A1 (en) 2002-07-02 2004-01-15 Merck Frosst Canada & Co. Di-aryl-substituted-ethane pyridone pde4 inhibitors
ES2518940T3 (en) 2002-07-08 2014-11-06 Pfizer Products Inc. Glucocorticoid Receptor Modulators
PE20050130A1 (en) 2002-08-09 2005-03-29 Novartis Ag ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
EP1542987A1 (en) 2002-08-10 2005-06-22 ALTANA Pharma AG Piperidine-n-oxide-derivatives
WO2004018451A1 (en) 2002-08-10 2004-03-04 Altana Pharma Ag Pyridazinone-derivatives as pde4 inhibitors
AU2003258576B2 (en) 2002-08-10 2009-07-30 Takeda Gmbh Pyrrolidinedione substituted piperidine-phthalazones as PDE4 inhibitors
AU2003255376A1 (en) 2002-08-10 2004-03-11 Altana Pharma Ag Piperidine-derivatives as pde4 inhibitors
WO2004018431A2 (en) 2002-08-17 2004-03-04 Altana Pharma Ag Novel phenanthridines
PL373598A1 (en) 2002-08-17 2005-09-05 Altana Pharma Ag Novel benzonaphthyridines
SE0202483D0 (en) 2002-08-21 2002-08-21 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
CN1688544A (en) 2002-08-23 2005-10-26 兰贝克赛实验室有限公司 Fluoro and sulphonylamino containing 3,6-disubstituted azabicyclo (3.1.0) hexane derivatives as muscarinic receptor antagonists
DE60310576T2 (en) 2002-08-29 2007-10-31 Altana Pharma Ag 2-HYDROXY-6-PHENYLPHENANTHRIDINE AS PDE-4 HEMMER
AU2003273805B8 (en) 2002-08-29 2010-06-17 Takeda Gmbh 3-hydroxy-6-phenylphenanthridines as PDE-4 inhibitors
JP2006096662A (en) 2002-09-18 2006-04-13 Sumitomo Pharmaceut Co Ltd New 6-substituted urasil derivative, and therapeutic agent for allergic disease
AU2003272879A1 (en) 2002-09-18 2004-04-08 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Triazaspiro[5.5]undecane derivatives and drugs comprising the same as the active ingredient
JP2004107299A (en) 2002-09-20 2004-04-08 Japan Energy Corp New 1-substituted urasil derivative and therapeutic agent for allergic disease
DE10246374A1 (en) 2002-10-04 2004-04-15 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg New 4-(2-alkylamino-1-hydroxyethyl)-3-alkoxy-benzene-1,2-diol derivatives, are beta-mimetics having a long duration of action, useful e.g. for treating asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or arrhythmia
CA2503015A1 (en) 2002-10-23 2004-05-06 Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Novel tricyclic compounds useful for the treatment of inflammatory and allergic disorders: process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
GB0225540D0 (en) 2002-11-01 2002-12-11 Glaxo Group Ltd Medicinal compounds
GB0225535D0 (en) 2002-11-01 2002-12-11 Glaxo Group Ltd Medicinal compounds
DE10253220A1 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-05-27 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg New 2-(N-phenylalkyl-amino)-1-phenyl-ethanol derivatives, are beta-adrenergic agents especially useful for treating inflammatory and obstructive respiratory diseases such as asthma or COPD
DE10253282A1 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-05-27 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, using new or known N-substituted 2-amino-1-(benz-(1,4)-oxazin-3-on-8-yl)-ethanol derivative beta-mimetic agents, suitable for once-daily administration
DE10253426B4 (en) 2002-11-15 2005-09-22 Elbion Ag Novel hydroxyindoles, their use as inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 4 and methods for their preparation
US7399865B2 (en) 2003-09-15 2008-07-15 Wyeth Protein tyrosine kinase enzyme inhibitors
PE20070207A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2007-03-09 Genentech Inc COMBINED TREATMENT OF TUMORS THAT EXPRESS HER
DE102005038537A1 (en) 2005-08-16 2007-02-22 Merck Patent Gmbh 1-Acyldihydropyrazolderivate
BRPI0620292B1 (en) 2005-12-21 2021-08-24 Janssen Pharmaceutica N. V. TRIAZOLOPYRIDAZINE COMPOUNDS AS KINASE MODULATORS, COMPOSITION, USE, COMBINATION AND PREPARATION PROCESS OF SUCH COMPOUND
JP5133070B2 (en) 2006-02-06 2013-01-30 日東光学株式会社 Signal processing device
CN101415422B (en) 2006-02-09 2012-11-07 第一三共株式会社 Anti-cancer pharmaceutical composition
NL2000613C2 (en) 2006-05-11 2007-11-20 Pfizer Prod Inc Triazole pyrazine derivatives.
PE20080403A1 (en) 2006-07-14 2008-04-25 Amgen Inc FUSED HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES AND METHODS OF USE
KR20090071612A (en) 2006-10-23 2009-07-01 에스지엑스 파마슈티컬스, 인코포레이티드 Bicyclic triazoles as protein kinase modulators
CN101641093B (en) 2006-11-22 2013-05-29 因塞特公司 Imidazotriazines and imidazopyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
PL2101759T3 (en) 2006-12-14 2019-05-31 Exelixis Inc Methods of using mek inhibitors
CA2715348A1 (en) 2008-02-08 2009-08-13 Poniard Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of picoplatin and bevacizumab to treat colorectal cancer
WO2009143211A2 (en) 2008-05-21 2009-11-26 Incyte Corporation Salts of 2-fluoro-n-methyl-4-[7-(quinolin-6-yl-methyl)- imidazo[1,2-b][1,2,4]triazin-2-yl]benzamide and processes related to preparing the same
CN102137874B (en) 2008-08-29 2015-02-18 西福根有限公司 Recombinant anti-epidermal growth factor receptor antibody compositions
WO2010109706A1 (en) * 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 クリングルファーマ株式会社 Therapeutic agent for cancer having reduced sensitivity to molecular targeted drug, and pharmaceutical composition for enhancing sensitivity to molecular targeted drug
AU2010283806A1 (en) * 2009-08-12 2012-03-01 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic hydrazone compounds and their uses to treat cancer and inflammation
BR112012019302B1 (en) 2010-02-03 2022-06-21 Incyte Holdings Corporation Imidazo[1,2-b][1,2,4]triazines as c-met inhibitors, composition comprising them and in vitro methods of inhibiting c-met kinase activity, of inhibiting the hgf/ c-meth kinase in a cell and to inhibit the proliferative activity of a cell
JP2015512425A (en) * 2012-04-03 2015-04-27 ノバルティス アーゲー Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use
JO3300B1 (en) 2012-06-06 2018-09-16 Novartis Ag Compounds and compositions for modulating egfr activity
WO2014028566A1 (en) 2012-08-16 2014-02-20 Novartis Ag Combination of pi3k inhibitor and c-met inhibitor
JOP20200097A1 (en) 2013-01-15 2017-06-16 Aragon Pharmaceuticals Inc Androgen receptor modulator and uses thereof
WO2014122582A1 (en) 2013-02-05 2014-08-14 Nestec S.A. Drug selection for non-small cell lung cancer therapy
KR101418970B1 (en) 2013-03-20 2014-07-11 (주)제욱 A predictive biomarker for combination therapy of EGFR and MET inhibitors in non-small cell lung cancer with wild type EGFR
WO2016011658A1 (en) 2014-07-25 2016-01-28 Novartis Ag Combination therapy
PE20170523A1 (en) 2014-07-25 2017-05-17 Novartis Ag TABLET FORMULATION OF 2-FLUOR-N-METHYL-4- [7- (QUINOLIN-6-YLMETHYL) IMIDAZO [1,2- B] [1,2,4] TRIAZIN-2-IL] BENZAMIDE
BR112017001695A2 (en) 2014-07-31 2017-11-21 Novartis Ag combination therapy
JP2019502695A (en) 2015-12-17 2019-01-31 ノバルティス アーゲー Combination of antibody molecule against PD-1 and C-Met inhibitor and use thereof

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11096947B2 (en) * 2012-04-03 2021-08-24 Novartis Ag Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
RU2660354C2 (en) 2018-07-05
EP2834246A4 (en) 2015-10-28
AU2013243097A1 (en) 2014-10-09
US20150297604A1 (en) 2015-10-22
US20220184090A1 (en) 2022-06-16
EP2834246B1 (en) 2021-07-28
CN110507654A (en) 2019-11-29
KR20150001782A (en) 2015-01-06
AU2019203645A1 (en) 2019-06-13
US20200316081A1 (en) 2020-10-08
EP3964513A1 (en) 2022-03-09
CA2868202A1 (en) 2013-10-10
KR102115047B1 (en) 2020-05-26
WO2013149581A1 (en) 2013-10-10
JP2015512425A (en) 2015-04-27
US11096947B2 (en) 2021-08-24
ES2894830T3 (en) 2022-02-16
MX371119B (en) 2020-01-17
CN104245701A (en) 2014-12-24
RU2014144254A (en) 2016-05-27
JP2020172504A (en) 2020-10-22
AU2016203741A1 (en) 2016-06-23
CA2868202C (en) 2021-08-10
EP2834246A1 (en) 2015-02-11
MX2014012012A (en) 2015-05-08
AU2019203645B2 (en) 2020-02-06
JP2018052974A (en) 2018-04-05
AU2017251741A1 (en) 2017-11-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11096947B2 (en) Combination products with tyrosine kinase inhibitors and their use
US20140275158A1 (en) Cyclohexyl isoquinolinone compounds
TW201605450A (en) Combination of Mdm2 inhibitor and BRAF inhibitor and their use
US20200101077A1 (en) Combination therapy
EP3174869B1 (en) Combination therapy of a met inhibitor and an egfr inhibitor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION